WO2015111435A1 - Phase difference film, polarizing plate, and va-type liquid crystal display - Google Patents

Phase difference film, polarizing plate, and va-type liquid crystal display Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015111435A1
WO2015111435A1 PCT/JP2015/050323 JP2015050323W WO2015111435A1 WO 2015111435 A1 WO2015111435 A1 WO 2015111435A1 JP 2015050323 W JP2015050323 W JP 2015050323W WO 2015111435 A1 WO2015111435 A1 WO 2015111435A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
film
retardation
acid
resin
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2015/050323
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
佐々木 達也
貴史 世良
由紀 金子
Original Assignee
コニカミノルタ株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by コニカミノルタ株式会社 filed Critical コニカミノルタ株式会社
Priority to KR1020167019775A priority Critical patent/KR20160101159A/en
Priority to JP2015558793A priority patent/JPWO2015111435A1/en
Publication of WO2015111435A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015111435A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L1/00Compositions of cellulose, modified cellulose or cellulose derivatives
    • C08L1/08Cellulose derivatives
    • C08L1/10Esters of organic acids, i.e. acylates
    • C08L1/14Mixed esters, e.g. cellulose acetate-butyrate
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/34Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring
    • C08K5/3442Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring having two nitrogen atoms in the ring
    • C08K5/3445Five-membered rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/34Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring
    • C08K5/3467Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring having more than two nitrogen atoms in the ring
    • C08K5/3472Five-membered rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L1/00Compositions of cellulose, modified cellulose or cellulose derivatives
    • C08L1/08Cellulose derivatives
    • C08L1/10Esters of organic acids, i.e. acylates
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L1/00Compositions of cellulose, modified cellulose or cellulose derivatives
    • C08L1/08Cellulose derivatives
    • C08L1/10Esters of organic acids, i.e. acylates
    • C08L1/12Cellulose acetate
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/04Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements made of organic materials, e.g. plastics
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3083Birefringent or phase retarding elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/18Manufacture of films or sheets
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/34Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/13363Birefringent elements, e.g. for optical compensation
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • G02F1/133742Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers for homeotropic alignment

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a retardation film, and more specifically, a cellulose ester-based retardation film provided in a VA liquid crystal display device, which is a thin film and has a high retardation value, and further under high humidity.
  • the present invention relates to a retardation film excellent in resistance to fluctuation of retardation value and suitability for saponification treatment.
  • Cellulose ester-based retardation films are conventionally used as retardation films for VA liquid crystal display devices.
  • the retardation films also become thinner and lower in cost. Is required.
  • the cellulose ester resin itself has a high retardation and low cost diacetylcellulose resin (in this application, diacetylcellulose or DAC).
  • diacetylcellulose or DAC diacetylcellulose
  • an ultra-thin film containing DAC as a main component for example, a retardation film having a film thickness of 10 to 36 ⁇ m
  • the amount of retardation increasing agent required for optical compensation of a VA liquid crystal display device is used together with DAC.
  • the retardation value fluctuates greatly under high humidity depending on the type of the retardation increasing agent, and the retardation increasing agent elutes in the saponification solution to contaminate the saponification solution. Or the eluted retardation elevating agent precipitates on the film surface and becomes foreign matter.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above-described problems and situations, and a solution to the problem is a cellulose ester phase difference film provided in a VA liquid crystal display device, which is a thin film and has a high phase difference value. Furthermore, it is to provide a retardation film having excellent retardation value fluctuation under high humidity and suitability for saponification treatment.
  • the present inventor is a retardation film containing at least two types of cellulose esters and a retardation increasing agent in the course of examining the cause of the above-mentioned problems, and the cellulose ester is specified.
  • a retardation film characterized by comprising:
  • the resin B is a cellulose acetate propionate having a propionyl group substitution degree in the range of 0.5 to 2.2, or a cellulose acetate butyrate having a butyryl group substitution degree in the range of 0.5 to 2.2.
  • the retardation film according to Item 1 or 2 wherein the retardation increasing agent is a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound and is a compound having a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, a triazole ring, or an imidazole ring.
  • the retardation increasing agent is a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound and is a compound having a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, a triazole ring, or an imidazole ring.
  • A represents a pyrazole ring.
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 each represent an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring and may have a substituent.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an acyl group.
  • a sulfonyl group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, or an aryloxycarbonyl group, q represents 1 or 2
  • n and m represent an integer of 1 to 3. 5. 5.
  • the retardation film according to any one of items 1 to 4, wherein the film thickness is in the range of 10 to 36 ⁇ m.
  • a polarizing plate comprising the retardation film according to any one of items 1 to 6.
  • a VA liquid crystal display device comprising the polarizing plate according to item 7.
  • a cellulose ester phase difference film provided in a VA liquid crystal display device which is a thin film and a film having a high phase difference value, and further excellent in saponification suitability, A retardation film containing a cellulose ester can be provided.
  • Retardation film using DAC which is more hydrophilic than TAC alone, increases the penetration of the saponification liquid as the film is thinned, and the resin components are eluted during saponification to contaminate the saponification liquid. There was a problem to do.
  • DAC which is more hydrophilic than TAC alone
  • the retardation value fluctuation under high humidity may be caused depending on the type of the retardation increasing agent. There was a problem that it could not be sufficiently suppressed, and that the retardation increasing agent was eluted in the saponification solution to contaminate the saponification solution, or deposited on the film surface to form foreign matter.
  • the present inventors have found that the problem of phase difference fluctuation and saponification suitability under high humidity is due to the use of a more hydrophilic DAC alone as a resin.
  • a combination of a DAC having a specific degree of acetyl group substitution and a cellulose ester having an acyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms with a specific degree of acyl group substitution It was found that the fluctuation of the retardation value under humidity can be reduced and the saponification suitability can be improved.
  • cellulose acetate propionate also referred to as CAP in the present application
  • cellulose acetate butyrate also referred to as CAB in the present application
  • CAP and CAB are moderately hydrophobic compared to DAC, and by using in combination with DAC, it is possible to suppress the movement of moisture under high humidity and reduce phase difference value fluctuations, and further to film It is presumed that the penetration of the saponification solution can be controlled to prevent the elution of the retardation increasing agent and to improve the saponification suitability.
  • CAP and CAB are resins that are more likely to exhibit retardation than TAC, but are inferior in retardation development and brittleness compared to DAC, respectively, so that they are ultrathin films such as the retardation film of the present invention. It is difficult to use it alone for the retardation film.
  • the retardation film of the present invention combines a DAC having a specific substitution degree as a resin with a specific amount of CAP or CAB in a specific amount range, and contains a retardation increasing agent. Although it is a thin film, it is speculated that a retardation film having a high retardation value can be obtained which is free from brittleness problems and excellent in retardation value fluctuation and saponification suitability under high humidity.
  • the present invention is a retardation film containing at least two types of cellulose esters and a retardation increasing agent, wherein one of the two types of cellulose esters is a cellulose acetate (resin A) having a specific degree of substitution.
  • the other is a cellulose ester (resin B) having a specific substitution degree and having an acyl group in the range of 3 to 6 carbon atoms, and contains the resin A and the resin B in a specific mass ratio. It is characterized by.
  • This feature is a technical feature common to the inventions according to claims 1 to 8.
  • the resin B is a cellulose acetate propionate having a propionyl group substitution degree in the range of 0.5 to 2.2, or a cellulose acetate having a butyryl group substitution degree in the range of 0.5 to 2.2. From the viewpoint of providing a retardation film excellent in suitability for saponification treatment by imparting appropriate hydrophobic properties to the film, being butyrate, suppressing elution of DAC and retardation increasing agent into the saponification solution ,preferable.
  • the retardation increasing agent is a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound, and is a compound having a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, a triazole ring or an imidazole ring, and exhibits retardation development when combined with DAC, and dew condensation during transportation. From the viewpoint of imparting excellent retardation value fluctuation resistance even under severe high humidity conditions where the film is directly exposed to water.
  • the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound is preferably a compound having a pyrazole ring having a structure represented by the general formula (3) because of excellent retardation development and retardation value fluctuation resistance.
  • the film thickness of the retardation film of the present invention is in the range of 10 to 36 ⁇ m, and has a sufficient film strength and retardation value, and is a preferable film thickness even in thinning the polarizing plate and the liquid crystal display device. is there.
  • the retardation film of the present invention contains a polycondensation ester containing a repeating unit obtained by reacting a sugar ester or a dicarboxylic acid with a diol, so that elution of a DAC and a retardation increasing agent into a saponification solution can be achieved. It is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing and providing a retardation film excellent in saponification suitability.
  • the retardation film of the present invention is suitably provided for thin polarizing plates and liquid crystal display devices.
  • the retardation film of the present invention is a retardation film containing at least two types of cellulose esters and a retardation increasing agent, and the two types of cellulose esters have a degree of acetyl group substitution of 2.40 to 2.60.
  • Cellulose acetate (resin A) having a total acyl group substitution degree in the range of 2.40 to 2.60 and having an acyl group of 3 to 6 carbon atoms (resin B),
  • DAC diacetyl cellulose
  • the hydrophilicity of the film is increased. Since the permeation increased, there were problems of fluctuations in the retardation value under high humidity and elution of the resin and the retardation increasing agent into the saponification solution.
  • cellulose acetate propionate (CAP) or cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB) is preferably used as the cellulose ester having a relatively hydrophobic acyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms in the DAC.
  • the hydrophilicity is controlled by the retardation film contained at a specific ratio, and the retardation value fluctuation under high humidity and the saponification suitability are greatly improved.
  • is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
  • the resin A according to the present invention is a cellulose acetate having an acetyl group substitution degree in the range of 2.40 to 2.60.
  • the degree of acetyl group substitution of cellulose acetate is less than 2.40, the resin becomes more hydrophilic and the amount of moisture and saponification solution penetrated increases, causing phase difference fluctuations and saponification under high humidity. The aptitude deteriorates. Further, the film surface quality may be deteriorated due to an increase in the dope viscosity.
  • the total substitution degree of the acyl group of the resin A is more preferably in the range of 2.45 to 2.55, and further preferably in the range of 2.45 to 2.50.
  • the “degree of acetyl group substitution” represents the total of the ratios of esterification of hydroxy groups by acetyl groups at the 2nd, 3rd and 6th positions of glucose in the cellulose ester. Specifically, when the hydroxy groups at the 2nd, 3rd and 6th positions of cellulose are all 100% esterified, the degree of substitution is 3 at the maximum.
  • acetyl group substitution degree refers to a substitution degree in which the total degree of acetyl group substitution of a plurality of glucose units constituting the cellulose ester is expressed as an average value per unit. The same applies to the degree of substitution of propionyl group or butyryl group described later.
  • the retardation film of the present invention has a cellulose acetate (resin A) having an acetyl group substitution degree in the range of 2.40 to 2.60 and a total acyl group substitution degree described later in the range of 2.40 to 2.60.
  • the hydrophilicity of the DAC which is the subject of the present invention, is controlled to improve the phase difference fluctuation under high humidity and the suitability for saponification treatment, In addition, by improving the brittleness of the resin B, it is possible to provide a retardation film that is excellent in the productivity of a thin film and the handleability of the film by customers.
  • the compatibility of the resin A and the resin B is improved, in addition to the manifestation of the effect of the present invention. In addition, it suppresses generation of bright spot foreign matter, precipitation of additives, and the like, and improves the productivity of thin film.
  • the range of the use ratio is preferably adjusted as appropriate from the viewpoints of optical properties, physical properties, and production suitability of the retardation film.
  • the average degree of substitution of acetyl groups in cellulose acetate can be determined by measurement according to ASTM-D817-96.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the cellulose acetate according to the present invention is preferably in the range of 125000 to 155000, and more preferably in the range of 129000 to 152000.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably in the range of 265,000 to 310000.
  • the ratio (Mw / Mn) of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) to the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably in the range of 1.4 to 2.5, more preferably in the range of 1.5 to 2.0. .
  • a mixture of two or more cellulose acetates having different degrees of substitution and molecular weights may be used.
  • the weight average molecular weight Mw and the number average molecular weight Mn of cellulose acetate can be measured using gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • the measurement conditions are as follows.
  • the cellulose acetate according to the present invention can be produced by a conventional method such as a sulfuric acid catalyst method, an acetic acid method, a methylene chloride method, and the raw materials are not particularly limited, but cotton linter, wood pulp (derived from coniferous trees, derived from broadleaf trees) ), Kenaf and the like. Moreover, the cellulose acetate obtained from them can be mixed and used in arbitrary ratios, respectively.
  • the cellulose acetate according to the present invention can be synthesized with reference to the methods described in JP-A Nos. 10-45804 and 2005-281645, for example.
  • cellulose acetate cellulose diacetate
  • Commercially available products of cellulose acetate (cellulose diacetate) according to the present invention include L20, L30, L40, and L50 manufactured by Daicel Corporation, Ca398-3, Ca398-6, and Ca398- manufactured by Eastman Chemical Japan Co., Ltd. 10, Ca398-30, Ca394-60S.
  • the retardation film of the present invention contains, as the resin B, a cellulose ester having an acyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms and a total acyl group substitution degree in the range of 2.40 to 2.60.
  • the retardation film of the present invention is a cellulose ester having an acyl group having a number in the range of 3-6.
  • the cellulose ester having an acyl group having 3 or 4 carbon atoms controls the hydrophilicity of the DAC, improves the phase difference value fluctuation under high humidity and the suitability for saponification treatment.
  • the cellulose ester as the resin B according to the present invention is a compound obtained by esterifying cellulose and at least one of an aliphatic carboxylic acid or an aromatic carboxylic acid having about 2 to 22 carbon atoms.
  • cellulose ester having an acyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms include cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, and cellulose acetate propionate butyrate.
  • the butyryl group that can be contained in the cellulose ester may be linear or branched.
  • the cellulose mixed fatty acid ester in which the resin B is cellulose acetate propionate or cellulose acetate butyrate is excellent in compatibility with DAC, for improving the retardation value fluctuation and saponification suitability under high humidity.
  • the retardation film of the present invention may be used by mixing a plurality of cellulose esters having an acyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the total substitution degree of the acyl group of the cellulose ester as the resin B is in the range of 2.40 to 2.60.
  • the total substitution degree of the acyl group is preferably smaller from the viewpoint of enhancing the retardation development.
  • the smaller the degree of substitution the stronger the hydrophilicity of the resin B. Therefore, the problem when the DAC is used alone is likely to occur even when the resin B is used in combination. is required.
  • the total substitution degree of the acyl group of the resin B is more preferably in the range of 2.45 to 2.55, similarly to the resin A, and further preferably in the range of 2.45 to 2.50. preferable.
  • Resin B according to the present invention includes cellulose acetate propionate having a propionyl group substitution degree in the range of 0.5 to 2.2, or cellulose having a butyryl group substitution degree in the range of 0.5 to 2.2.
  • Acetate butyrate is preferred from the viewpoint of brittleness and saponification suitability because of its high compatibility with resin A, which is DAC.
  • Both the propionyl group substitution degree and the butyryl group substitution degree are preferably within the range of 0.8 to 1.9.
  • substitution degree of the acyl group of the cellulose ester according to the present invention can be measured by a method prescribed in ASTM-D817-96.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the cellulose ester is preferably in the range of 6 ⁇ 10 4 to 3 ⁇ 10 5 in order to increase the mechanical strength of the obtained film, and 7 ⁇ 10 4 to 2 ⁇ 10 5. It is more preferable to be within the range.
  • the weight average molecular weight Mw and the number average molecular weight Mn of the cellulose ester are measured using the gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • the content of residual sulfuric acid in the cellulose ester according to the present invention is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 45.0 mass ppm in terms of elemental sulfur, and more preferably in the range of 1 to 30 mass ppm. preferable. Sulfuric acid is considered to remain in the film in a salt state. If the content of residual sulfuric acid is within 45.0 ppm by mass, it will be difficult to break during the heat stretching of the film or during the cutting after the heat stretching.
  • the content of residual sulfuric acid can be measured by the method prescribed in ASTM D817-96.
  • the content of free acid in the cellulose ester is preferably in the range of 1 to 500 ppm by mass, more preferably 1 to 100 ppm by mass, and further preferably in the range of 1 to 70 ppm by mass. preferable.
  • the content of the free acid is within the above range, as described above, the film is not easily broken during the heat stretching of the film or during the cutting after the heat stretching.
  • the free acid content can be measured by the method prescribed in ASTM D817-96.
  • Cellulose ester may contain a trace amount of metal components. It is thought that a trace amount metal component originates in the water used in the cellulose ester synthesis process. Like these metal components, the content of components that can become insoluble nuclei is preferably as small as possible.
  • metal ions such as iron, calcium, and magnesium may form an insoluble matter by forming a salt with a resin decomposition product or the like that may contain an organic acidic group.
  • the calcium (Ca) component easily forms a coordination compound (that is, a complex) with an acidic component such as a carboxylic acid or a sulfonic acid, and many ligands. May form insoluble starch, turbidity).
  • the content of the iron (Fe) component in the cellulose ester is preferably 1 mass ppm or less.
  • the content of the calcium (Ca) component in the cellulose ester is preferably 60 ppm by mass or less, and more preferably in the range of 0 to 30 ppm by mass.
  • the content of the magnesium (Mg) component in the cellulose ester is preferably in the range of 0 to 70 ppm by mass, and particularly preferably in the range of 0 to 20 ppm by mass.
  • the content of metal components such as iron (Fe) component, calcium (Ca) component, magnesium (Mg) component, etc. can be either by treating the completely dried cellulose ester with a micro digest wet cracking device (sulfuric acid decomposition) or by alkali melting. After the pretreatment, the measurement can be performed using ICP-AES (Inductively Coupled Plasma Atomic Emission Spectrometer).
  • the contents of residual alkaline earth metal, residual sulfuric acid and residual acid can be adjusted by thoroughly washing the cellulose ester obtained by synthesis.
  • the cellulose ester according to the present invention can be produced by a known method.
  • cellulose is esterified by mixing raw material cellulose, aliphatic carboxylic acid or aromatic carboxylic acid with carboxylic anhydride, catalyst (sulfuric acid, etc.) and the like.
  • the raw material cellulose is not particularly limited, and may be cotton linter, wood pulp, kenaf or the like. You may mix and use the cellulose ester from which a raw material differs.
  • the esterification reaction proceeds until a cellulose triester is formed. In the triester, the three hydroxy groups of the glucose unit are substituted with an acyl acid of an aliphatic or aromatic carboxylic acid.
  • mixed cellulose esters such as cellulose acetate propionate and cellulose acetate butyrate can be produced.
  • a cellulose ester having a desired acyl group substitution degree is synthesized by hydrolyzing the cellulose triester. Thereafter, a cellulose ester is obtained through steps such as filtration, precipitation, washing with water, dehydration, and drying.
  • the retardation film of the present invention is a range in which the resin A is cellulose acetate and the cellulose ester is a resin B having an acyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, and other resins do not inhibit the effects of the present invention. You may use together.
  • cellulose derivatives other than the above-described cellulose esters for example, cellulose ester resins, cellulose ether resins, etc.
  • polycarbonate resins for example, polystyrene resins, polysulfone resins, polyester resins, polyarylate resins, (Meth) acrylic resins, olefin resins (for example, norbornene resins, cyclic olefin resins, cyclic conjugated diene resins, vinyl alicyclic hydrocarbon resins) and the like.
  • olefin resins for example, norbornene resins, cyclic olefin resins, cyclic conjugated diene resins, vinyl alicyclic hydrocarbon resins
  • cellulose derivatives, (meth) acrylic resins, polycarbonate resins, and cyclic olefin resins are preferable.
  • the cellulose derivative is a compound using cellulose as a raw material (compound having a cellulose skeleton).
  • the cellulose derivative include cellulose ethers (for example, methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, cyanoethyl cellulose, etc.), Cellulose ether esters (for example, acetyl methyl cellulose, acetyl ethyl cellulose, acetyl hydroxyethyl cellulose, benzoyl hydroxypropyl cellulose and the like), cellulose carbonate (for example, cellulose ethyl carbonate and the like), cellulose carbamate (for example, cellulose phenyl carbamate and the like) and the like are included.
  • cellulose ethers for example, methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, cyanoethyl cellulose, etc.
  • the retardation increasing agent refers to a retardation value Rth (wavelength 590 nm measurement) in a thickness direction of a retardation film containing 3 parts by mass of the compound with respect to 100 parts by mass of a cellulose ester, and an unadded retardation.
  • the compound which has a function which shows a value 1.1 times or more compared with a film.
  • the retardation increasing agent according to the present invention is not particularly limited.
  • -Like compounds (1,3,5-triazine compounds, etc.)
  • rod-like compounds described in paragraphs [0106] to [0112] of JP-A-2006-113239, paragraphs [0118] to [0133] of JP-A-2012-214682 Pyrimidine compounds described in JP-A-2011-140637
  • epoxy ester compounds described in paragraphs [0022] to [0028] polyester compounds described in paragraphs [0044] to [0058] of international publication 2012/014571, etc.
  • the properties required for the retardation increasing agent according to the present invention are excellent in compatibility with the resin DAC, CAP or CAB, excellent in retardation expression when the film is thinned, and precipitation resistance.
  • the following nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound is preferably used as a retardation increasing agent from such a viewpoint.
  • the retardation increasing agent according to the present invention is preferably a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound having a structure represented by the following general formula (1).
  • the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound is characterized by controlling the hydrogen bonding property of cellulose ester by CH / ⁇ interaction with cellulose ester and having both functions of a phase difference increasing agent and a wavelength dispersion adjusting agent with one compound. It has excellent compatibility when combined with a cellulose ester, and there is little generation of fine foreign matters and precipitates during the production process. For example, 1,3,5-triazine-based phase difference increasing agents tend to be slightly inferior in compatibility and easily generate foreign matter, etc. due to weak CH / ⁇ interaction, and have a high elution property in a saponification solution. It is in.
  • CH / ⁇ interaction refers to the compatibility of hydrogen bond donating sites such as cellulose esters (for example, hydrogen atoms of hydroxy groups) and hydrogen bond accepting sites (for example, carbonyl oxygen atoms of ester groups) with additives. It is a bond interaction between the hydrogen bonding site present in the main chain or side chain of the resin and the ⁇ electrons of the additive aromatic compound. Due to this CH / ⁇ interaction, the compatibility is excellent.
  • NICS nucleus-independent chemical shift
  • This NICS value is an index used for quantification of aromaticity by magnetic properties. If the ring is aromatic, the ring current effect strongly shields the center of the ring, and conversely if it is antiaromatic. Anti-shielding (J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1996, 118, 6317). Depending on the magnitude of the NICS value, it is possible to determine the strength of the ring current, that is, the degree of contribution of ⁇ electrons to the aromaticity of the ring. Specifically, it represents the chemical shift (calculated value) of a virtual lithium ion arranged directly in the center of the ring, and the larger the value, the stronger the ⁇ property.
  • a pyrrole ring (-14.87), a thiophene ring (-14.09) furan rather than an aromatic hydrocarbon such as a benzene ring (-7.98) or a naphthalene ring (-8.11).
  • 5-membered aromatic heterocycles such as ring (-12.42), pyrazole ring (-13.82), or imidazole ring (-13.28), triazole ring (-13.18), oxadiazole ring ( 6-12 membered aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as -12.44) or thiazole ring (-12.82) have larger NICS values, and such aromatic 5-membered rings or aromatic 6-membered rings It is predicted that the CH / ⁇ interaction can be strengthened by using the compound having the above (the NICS value is shown in parentheses).
  • a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, a triazole ring or an imidazole ring is preferable because of excellent compatibility with a cellulose ester.
  • the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound according to the present invention is preferably a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound having a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, a triazole ring, or an imidazole ring, and has a structure represented by the following general formula (1).
  • nitrogen heterocyclic compounds nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds having the specific ring structure are preferred.
  • the compound having the structure represented by the following general formula (1) is used together with cellulose acetate, so that when a polarizing plate is used in a liquid crystal display device, the occurrence of retardation fluctuation due to environmental humidity fluctuation is suppressed, and contrast reduction or Occurrence of color unevenness can be suppressed. Furthermore, it functions as a phase difference increasing agent showing forward wavelength dispersibility by appropriately adjusting the type and addition amount of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound.
  • the molecular weight is preferably in the range of 100 to 800, from the viewpoint of controlling the affinity with the casting belt, and more preferably in the range of 250 to 450.
  • a 1 , A 2 and B are each independently an alkyl group (methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, tert-butyl group, n-octyl group, 2- An ethenyl group), a cycloalkyl group (cyclohexyl group, cyclopentyl group, 4-n-dodecylcyclohexyl group, etc.), an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle.
  • an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle is preferable, and a 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle is particularly preferable.
  • the structure of the 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic heterocyclic ring is not limited, but for example, benzene ring, pyrrole ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, 1,2,3-triazole ring, 1,2 , 4-triazole ring, tetrazole ring, furan ring, oxazole ring, isoxazole ring, oxadiazole ring, isoxadiazole ring, thiophene ring, thiazole ring, isothiazole ring, thiadiazole ring, isothiadiazole ring, etc. .
  • the 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic heterocyclic ring represented by A 1 , A 2 and B may have a substituent.
  • substituents include a halogen atom ( Fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, etc.), alkyl group (methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, tert-butyl group, n-octyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, etc.), cycloalkyl Groups (cyclohexyl group, cyclopentyl group, 4-n-dodecylcyclohexyl group, etc.), alkenyl groups (vinyl group, allyl group, etc.), cycloalkenyl groups (2-cyclopenten-1-yl, 2-cyclohexen-1-yl group, etc.) ), Alkynyl groups (ethynyl
  • a 1 , A 2 and B represent a benzene ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a 1,2,3-triazole ring or a 1,2,4-triazole ring. It is preferable because a retardation film having excellent optical property variation effects and excellent durability can be obtained.
  • T 1 and T 2 each independently represents a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a 1,2,3-triazole ring or a 1,2,4-triazole ring.
  • a pyrazole ring, a triazole ring, or an imidazole ring is preferable because a resin composition that is particularly excellent in retardation fluctuation suppressing effect against humidity fluctuation and excellent in durability is obtained. It is particularly preferred.
  • the pyrazole ring, 1,2,3-triazole ring, 1,2,4-triazole ring and imidazole ring represented by T 1 and T2 may be tautomers. Specific structures of the pyrrole ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, 1,2,3-triazole ring or 1,2,4-triazole ring are shown below.
  • R 5 represents a hydrogen atom or a non-aromatic substituent.
  • the non-aromatic substituent represented by R 5 include the same groups as the non-aromatic substituent among the substituents that A 1 in the general formula (1) may have.
  • the substituent represented by R 5 is a substituent having an aromatic group
  • a 1 and T 1 or B and T 1 are easily twisted
  • a 1 , B and T 1 are resin A, cellulose acetate or resin Since it becomes impossible to form an interaction with the cellulose ester which is B, it is difficult to suppress fluctuations in optical characteristics.
  • R 5 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an acyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • T 1 and T 2 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a substituent that A 1 and A 2 in the general formula (1) may have Similar groups can be mentioned.
  • L 1 , L 2 , L 3 and L 4 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group, and are 5 or 6 via 2 or less atoms. Membered aromatic hydrocarbon rings or aromatic heterocycles are linked.
  • the term “via two or less atoms” refers to the minimum number of atoms existing between the connected substituents among the atoms constituting the linking group.
  • the divalent linking group having 2 or less linking atoms is not particularly limited, but includes an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, O, (C ⁇ O), NR, S, and (O ⁇ S ⁇ O). It is a divalent linking group selected from the group consisting of or a linking group in which two of them are combined.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • substituent represented by R include an alkyl group (methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, tert-butyl group, n-octyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, etc.), cycloalkyl group ( Cyclohexyl group, cyclopentyl group, 4-n-dodecylcyclohexyl group, etc.), aromatic hydrocarbon ring group (phenyl group, p-tolyl group, naphthyl group, etc.), aromatic heterocyclic group (2-furyl group, 2-thienyl group, etc.) Group, 2-pyrimidinyl group, 2-benzothiazolyl group, 2-pyridyl group, etc.), cyano group and the like.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 1 , L 2 , L 3 and L 4 may have a substituent, and the substituent is not
  • L 1 , L 2 , L 3 and L 4 are a resin that adsorbs water by increasing the planarity of the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (1). And the fluctuation of optical properties is suppressed, so that a single bond or O, (C ⁇ O) —O, O— (C ⁇ O), (C ⁇ O) —NR or NR— (C ⁇ O) is preferable, and a single bond is more preferable.
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 5.
  • the plurality of A 2 , T 2 , L 3 , and L 4 in the general formula (1) may be the same or different.
  • n is preferably an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably an integer of 1 or 2.
  • the compound having a structure represented by the general formula (1) is preferably a compound having a structure represented by the general formula (2).
  • a 1 , A 2 , T 1 , T 2 , L 1 , L 2 , L 3 and L 4 are respectively A 1 , A 2 , T 1 , T 2 , L in the general formula (1). 1, L 2, L 3 and .A 3 and T 3 L 4 as synonymous, the .L 5 and L 6 represent the same group as a 1 and T 1, respectively, in the general formula (1), the general And represents the same group as L 1 in Formula (1), m represents an integer of 0 to 4.) A smaller m is more compatible with cellulose acetate, and therefore m is preferably an integer from 0 to 2, more preferably an integer from 0 to 1.
  • the compound having a structure represented by the general formula (1) is preferably a triazole compound having a structure represented by the following general formula (1.1).
  • the triazole compound having a structure represented by the general formula (1.1) is preferably a triazole compound having a structure represented by the following general formula (1.2).
  • Z represents the structure of the following general formula (1.2a).
  • Q represents an integer of 2 to 3.
  • At least two Zs represent at least one Z substituted on a benzene ring. Bonded to ortho or meta position.
  • R 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an alkoxy group.
  • P represents an integer of 1 to 5.
  • * represents a bonding position with a benzene ring.
  • T 1 represents a 1,2,4-triazole ring.
  • the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (1), (2), (1.1) or (1.2) may form a hydrate, a solvate or a salt.
  • the hydrate may contain an organic solvent
  • the solvate may contain water. That is, “hydrate” and “solvate” include mixed solvates containing both water and organic solvents. Salts include acid addition salts formed with inorganic or organic acids.
  • inorganic acids include, but are not limited to, hydrohalic acids (hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, etc.), sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like.
  • organic acids include acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, oxalic acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, alkylsulfonic acid (methanesulfonic acid, etc.), allylsulfonic acid (benzenesulfonic acid, 4-toluene) Sulfonic acid, 1,5-naphthalenedisulfonic acid, and the like), but are not limited thereto.
  • hydrochloride, acetate, propionate and butyrate are preferable.
  • salts are those in which the acidic moiety present in the parent compound is a metal ion (eg, an alkali metal salt, such as sodium or potassium salt, an alkaline earth metal salt, such as calcium or magnesium salt, an ammonium salt, an alkali metal ion, alkaline earth And salts formed when substituted with organic bases (ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, morpholine, piperidine, etc.) It is not limited. Of these, sodium salts and potassium salts are preferred.
  • a metal ion eg, an alkali metal salt, such as sodium or potassium salt, an alkaline earth metal salt, such as calcium or magnesium salt, an ammonium salt, an alkali metal ion, alkaline earth
  • organic bases ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, morpholine, piperidine, etc.
  • sodium salts and potassium salts are preferred.
  • Examples of the solvent contained in the solvate include any common organic solvent. Specifically, alcohol (eg, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, t-butanol), ester (eg, ethyl acetate), hydrocarbon (eg, toluene, hexane) , Heptane), ether (eg, tetrahydrofuran), nitrile (eg, acetonitrile), ketone (acetone) and the like.
  • alcohol eg, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, t-butanol
  • ester eg, ethyl acetate
  • hydrocarbon eg, toluene, hexane
  • Heptane Heptane
  • ether eg, tetrahydrofuran
  • nitrile
  • solvates of alcohols eg, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, t-butanol.
  • solvents may be a reaction solvent used at the time of synthesizing the compound, a solvent used at the time of crystallization purification after synthesis, or a mixture thereof.
  • two or more kinds of solvents may be included at the same time, or a form containing water and a solvent (for example, water and alcohol (for example, methanol, ethanol, t-butanol, etc.)) may be used.
  • a solvent for example, water and alcohol (for example, methanol, ethanol, t-butanol, etc.)
  • the molecular weight of the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (1), (2), (1.1) or (1.2) is not particularly limited, but the smaller the compound, the better the compatibility with the resin and the greater Since the effect of suppressing fluctuations in the optical value with respect to changes in environmental humidity is higher, it is preferably 150 to 2000, more preferably 200 to 1500, and more preferably 300 to 1000.
  • the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound according to the present invention is particularly preferably a compound having a structure represented by the following general formula (3).
  • A represents a pyrazole ring.
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 each represent an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring and may have a substituent.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an acyl group.
  • a sulfonyl group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, or an aryloxycarbonyl group, q represents 1 or 2
  • n and m represent an integer of 1 to 3.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic heterocyclic ring represented by Ar 1 and Ar 2 may be the 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic heterocyclic ring mentioned in the general formula (1), respectively. preferable.
  • Examples of the substituent for Ar 1 and Ar 2 include the same substituents as those shown for the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (1).
  • R 1 examples include halogen atoms (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, etc.), alkyl groups (methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, tert-butyl group, n-octyl group).
  • halogen atoms fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, etc.
  • alkyl groups methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, tert-butyl group, n-octyl group.
  • Q represents 1 or 2
  • n and m represent integers of 1 to 3.
  • the compounds having a 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic heterocycle used in the present invention are, among others, those represented by the general formulas (1), (2), (1.1) and (1.2).
  • a compound having a structure represented is preferable, and a compound having a structure represented by the general formula (3) is more preferable.
  • the compound having a 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic heterocyclic ring that can be used in the present invention is a compound described in paragraphs [0140] to [0214] of International Publication No. 2014/109350. Can be given as a specific example.
  • this invention is not limited at all by the said specific example.
  • specific examples may be tautomers, and may form hydrates, solvates or salts.
  • the compound having the structure represented by the general formulas (1) to (3) according to the present invention can be contained in the retardation film by adjusting the amount as appropriate. 0.1 to 10% by mass, preferably 1 to 5% by mass, particularly preferably 2 to 5% by mass.
  • the amount of addition varies depending on the type of cellulose acetate and the type of the compound, but the optimum value can be determined by the amount of addition that the retardation film of the present invention exhibits a desired retardation value. If it is in this range, the fluctuation
  • the compound having the structure represented by the general formulas (1) to (3) it may be added as a powder to the resin forming the retardation film. You may add to resin which forms a phase difference film.
  • the retardation film of the present invention preferably contains other additives, and examples thereof include a plasticizer, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, a light stabilizer, an antistatic agent, and a release agent. .
  • the compound used more effectively is preferably containing a plasticizer, and among them, a sugar ester described below, or a polycondensed ester containing a repeating unit obtained by reacting a dicarboxylic acid and a diol is used, From the viewpoint of excellent compatibility with cellulose ester, reducing the fluctuation of the retardation value by controlling the moisture in and out at high humidity, and also improving the saponification suitability by controlling the penetration of the saponification liquid into the film ,preferable.
  • the sugar ester according to the present invention is preferably a sugar ester in which at least one pyranose ring or furanose ring is 1 to 12 and all or part of the OH groups in the structure are esterified.
  • the sugar ester according to the present invention is preferably added for the purpose of preventing hydrolysis.
  • the sugar ester according to the present invention is a compound containing at least one of a furanose ring and a pyranose ring, and may be a monosaccharide or a polysaccharide having 2 to 12 sugar structures linked together.
  • the sugar ester is preferably a compound in which at least one OH group of the sugar structure is esterified.
  • the average ester substitution degree is preferably within the range of 4.0 to 8.0, and more preferably within the range of 5.0 to 7.5.
  • sugar esters in the present invention include sugar esters represented by the following general formula (A).
  • G represents a monosaccharide or disaccharide residue
  • R 2 represents an aliphatic group or an aromatic group
  • m is directly bonded to the monosaccharide or disaccharide residue
  • N is the total number of — (O—C ( ⁇ O) —R 2 ) groups directly bonded to the monosaccharide or disaccharide residue, 3 ⁇ m + n ⁇ 8, and n ⁇ 0.
  • the sugar ester having the structure represented by the general formula (A) is a single kind of hydroxy group (m) and-(O—C ( ⁇ O) —R 2 ) groups in which the number (n) is fixed. It is difficult to isolate as a compound, and it is known that a compound in which several components different in m and n in the formula are mixed is obtained. Accordingly, the performance as a mixture in which the number (m) of hydroxy groups and the number (n) of — (O—C ( ⁇ O) —R 2 ) groups are changed is important. In the case of the retardation film of the present invention, A sugar ester having an average degree of ester substitution within the range of 5.0 to 7.5 is preferred.
  • G represents a monosaccharide or disaccharide residue.
  • monosaccharides include allose, altrose, glucose, mannose, gulose, idose, galactose, talose, ribose, arabinose, xylose, lyxose, and the like.
  • disaccharide residue examples include trehalose, sucrose, maltose, cellobiose, gentiobiose, lactose, and isotrehalose.
  • R 2 represents an aliphatic group or an aromatic group.
  • the aliphatic group and the aromatic group may each independently have a substituent.
  • m is the total number of hydroxy groups directly bonded to the monosaccharide or disaccharide residue, and n is directly bonded to the monosaccharide or disaccharide residue.
  • the total number of — (O—C ( ⁇ O) —R 2 ) groups it is necessary that 3 ⁇ m + n ⁇ 8, and it is preferable that 4 ⁇ m + n ⁇ 8. Further, n ⁇ 0.
  • the — (O—C ( ⁇ O) —R 2 ) groups may be the same as or different from each other.
  • the aliphatic group in the definition of R 2 may be linear, branched or cyclic, and preferably has 1 to 25 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Those of ⁇ 15 are particularly preferred. Specific examples of the aliphatic group include, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, cyclopropyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, amyl, iso-amyl, tert-amyl, n- Examples include hexyl, cyclohexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, bicyclooctyl, adamantyl, n-decyl, tert-octyl, dodecyl, hexadecyl, octadecyl, didecyl and the like.
  • the aromatic group in the definition of R 2 may be an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 6 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include rings such as benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, biphenyl, and terphenyl.
  • rings such as benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, biphenyl, and terphenyl.
  • a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, and a biphenyl ring are particularly preferable.
  • As the aromatic heterocyclic group a ring containing at least one of an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom is preferable.
  • heterocyclic ring examples include, for example, furan, pyrrole, thiophene, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine, triazole, triazine, indole, indazole, purine, thiazoline, thiadiazole, oxazoline, oxazole, oxadiazole, quinoline, Examples of each ring include isoquinoline, phthalazine, naphthyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, pteridine, acridine, phenanthroline, phenazine, tetrazole, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzthiazole, benzotriazole, and tetrazaindene.
  • aromatic heterocyclic group a pyridine ring, a triazine ring, and a quinoline ring are particularly preferable
  • a sugar ester may contain two or more different substituents in one molecule, contains an aromatic substituent and an aliphatic substituent in one molecule, and contains two or more different aromatic substituents. Two or more different aliphatic substituents contained in one molecule can be contained in one molecule.
  • the addition amount of the sugar ester is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 20% by mass and more preferably in the range of 1 to 15% by mass with respect to the cellulose ester.
  • a preferable plasticizer for the retardation film of the present invention includes a polycondensed ester containing a repeating unit obtained by reacting a dicarboxylic acid and a diol.
  • the dicarboxylic acid constituting the polycondensed ester is an aromatic dicarboxylic acid, an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid or an alicyclic dicarboxylic acid, preferably an aromatic dicarboxylic acid.
  • the dicarboxylic acid may be one type or a mixture of two or more types.
  • the diol constituting the polycondensed ester is an aromatic diol, an aliphatic diol or an alicyclic diol, preferably an aliphatic diol, more preferably a diol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the diol may be one type or a mixture of two or more types.
  • the polycondensed ester preferably contains a repeating unit obtained by reacting at least a dicarboxylic acid containing an aromatic dicarboxylic acid and a diol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the aromatic dicarboxylic acid and the aliphatic dicarboxylic acid are preferably used. More preferably, it contains a repeating unit obtained by reacting a dicarboxylic acid containing an acid with a diol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the both ends of the molecule of the polycondensed ester may or may not be sealed, but are preferably sealed from the viewpoint of reducing the moisture permeability of the film.
  • the polycondensed ester is preferably a compound having a structure represented by the following general formula (4) or (5).
  • n is an integer of 1 or more.
  • Formula (4) B- (GA) n -GB Formula (5) C- (AG) n -AC A in the general formulas (4) and (5) is a divalent group derived from an alkylene dicarboxylic acid having 3 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 4 to 12 carbon atoms), and has 4 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 4 to 4 carbon atoms). 12) a divalent group derived from an alkenylene dicarboxylic acid or a divalent group derived from an aryl dicarboxylic acid having 8 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 8 to 12).
  • Examples of the divalent group derived from an alkylenedicarboxylic acid having 3 to 20 carbon atoms in A include 1,2-ethanedicarboxylic acid (succinic acid), 1,3-propanedicarboxylic acid (glutaric acid), 1 Divalent groups derived from 1,4-butanedicarboxylic acid (adipic acid), 1,5-pentanedicarboxylic acid (pimelic acid), 1,8-octanedicarboxylic acid (sebacic acid) and the like are included.
  • Examples of the divalent group derived from alkenylene dicarboxylic acid having 4 to 20 carbon atoms in A include a divalent group derived from maleic acid, fumaric acid and the like.
  • divalent groups derived from aryl dicarboxylic acids having 8 to 20 carbon atoms in A include 1,2-benzenedicarboxylic acid (phthalic acid), 1,3-benzenedicarboxylic acid, 1,4-benzene.
  • divalent groups derived from naphthalenedicarboxylic acid such as dicarboxylic acid and 1,5-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid are included.
  • A may be one type or two or more types may be combined. Among these, A is preferably a combination of an alkylene dicarboxylic acid having 4 to 12 carbon atoms and an aryl dicarboxylic acid having 8 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • G in the general formulas (4) and (5) is a divalent group derived from an alkylene glycol having 2 to 20 (preferably 2 to 12) carbon atoms, and has 6 to 20 (preferably 6 to 12) carbon atoms. ) Or a divalent group derived from an oxyalkylene glycol having 4 to 20 (preferably 4 to 12) carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the divalent group derived from an alkylene glycol having 2 to 20 carbon atoms in G include ethylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1,3-propylene glycol, 1,2-butanediol, 1, 3-butanediol, 1,2-propanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol ( Neopentyl glycol), 2,2-diethyl-1,3-propanediol (3,3-dimethylolpentane), 2-n-butyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol (3,3-dimethylol) Heptane), 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanedio ,
  • divalent groups derived from aryl glycols having 6 to 20 carbon atoms in G include 1,2-dihydroxybenzene (catechol), 1,3-dihydroxybenzene (resorcinol), 1,4-dihydroxybenzene Divalent groups derived from (hydroquinone) and the like are included.
  • divalent group derived from oxyalkylene glycol having 4 to 12 carbon atoms in G are derived from diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol and the like. Divalent groups are included.
  • G may be one type or two or more types may be combined. Among these, G is preferably an alkylene glycol having 2 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • B in the general formula (4) is a monovalent group derived from an aromatic ring-containing monocarboxylic acid or an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid.
  • the aromatic ring-containing monocarboxylic acid in the monovalent group derived from the aromatic ring-containing monocarboxylic acid is a carboxylic acid containing an aromatic ring in the molecule, and not only those in which the aromatic ring is directly bonded to a carboxy group, Also included are those in which an aromatic ring is bonded to a carboxy group via an alkylene group or the like.
  • monovalent groups derived from aromatic ring-containing monocarboxylic acids include benzoic acid, para-tert-butyl benzoic acid, orthotoluic acid, metatoluic acid, p-toluic acid, dimethyl benzoic acid, ethyl benzoic acid, and normal propyl benzoic acid. , Monovalent groups derived from aminobenzoic acid, acetoxybenzoic acid, phenylacetic acid, 3-phenylpropionic acid and the like.
  • Examples of monovalent groups derived from aliphatic monocarboxylic acids include monovalent groups derived from acetic acid, propionic acid, butanoic acid, caprylic acid, caproic acid, decanoic acid, dodecanoic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid and the like. Is included. Among these, a monovalent group derived from an alkyl monocarboxylic acid having 1 to 3 carbon atoms in the alkyl portion is preferable, and an acetyl group (a monovalent group derived from acetic acid) is more preferable.
  • C in the general formula (5) is a monovalent group derived from an aromatic ring-containing monoalcohol or an aliphatic monoalcohol.
  • An aromatic ring-containing monoalcohol is an alcohol containing an aromatic ring in the molecule, and includes not only those in which an aromatic ring is directly bonded to an OH group, but also those in which an aromatic ring is bonded to an OH group via an alkylene group or the like.
  • Examples of the monovalent group derived from an aromatic ring-containing monoalcohol include a monovalent group derived from benzyl alcohol, 3-phenylpropanol and the like.
  • Examples of monovalent groups derived from aliphatic monoalcohols include methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, isobutanol, pentanol, isopentanol, hexanol, isohexanol, cyclohexyl alcohol, octanol, isooctanol, Monovalent groups derived from 2-ethylhexyl alcohol, nonyl alcohol, isononyl alcohol, tert-nonyl alcohol, decanol, dodecanol, dodecahexanol, dodecaoctanol, allyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol and the like are included. Of these, monovalent groups derived from alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms such as methanol, ethanol, propanol and isopropanol are preferred.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polycondensed ester is preferably in the range of 350 to 3000, and more preferably in the range of 400 to 1500. If the weight average molecular weight is within the above range, the precipitation from the retardation film of the polycondensed ester used in the present invention is satisfied, and the intended effect can be obtained.
  • the weight average molecular weight can be measured by the gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • polycondensation ester Specific examples of the polycondensation ester are shown below. First, a specific example of a polycondensed ester in which both ends are sealed with an “aromatic group” is shown.
  • P-1 acetyl esterified product of both ends of a condensate (weight average molecular weight 950) comprising adipic acid / phthalic acid / ethanediol (1/1/2 molar ratio)
  • P-2 succinic acid / phthalic acid / ethane Acetyl esterified compound at both ends of a condensate (weight average molecular weight 2500) consisting of diol / (1/1/2 molar ratio)
  • P-3 glutaric acid / isophthalic acid / 1,3-propanediol (1/1 / Acetyl esterified product at both ends of a condensate (weight average molecular weight 1300) consisting of 2 mole ratio)
  • P-4 Succinic acid / glutaric acid / adipic acid / terephthalic acid / isophthalic acid / ethanediol / 1,2-propanediol Propyl este
  • plasticizers examples include polyhydric alcohol esters, polyhydric carboxylic acid esters (including phthalic acid esters), glycolate compounds, and fatty acid esters and phosphoric acid esters. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the polyhydric alcohol ester is an ester (alcohol ester) of a dihydric or higher aliphatic polyhydric alcohol and a monocarboxylic acid, preferably a divalent to 20-valent aliphatic polyhydric alcohol ester.
  • the polyhydric alcohol ester preferably has an aromatic ring or a cycloalkyl ring in the molecule.
  • Preferred examples of the aliphatic polyhydric alcohol include ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, 1,2- Butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, dibutylene glycol, 1,2,4-butanetriol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, hexanetriol, trimethylolpropane , Pentaerythritol, trimethylolethane, xylitol and the like.
  • triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, sorbitol, trimethylolpropane, xylitol and the like are preferable.
  • the monocarboxylic acid is not particularly limited, and may be an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid, an alicyclic monocarboxylic acid, an aromatic monocarboxylic acid, or the like. In order to increase the moisture permeability of the film and make it less likely to volatilize, alicyclic monocarboxylic acids or aromatic monocarboxylic acids are preferred. One type of monocarboxylic acid may be sufficient and a 2 or more types of mixture may be sufficient as it. Further, all of the OH groups contained in the aliphatic polyhydric alcohol may be esterified, or a part of the OH groups may be left as they are.
  • the aliphatic monocarboxylic acid is preferably a fatty acid having a straight chain or a side chain having 1 to 32 carbon atoms.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic monocarboxylic acid is more preferably 1-20, and still more preferably 1-10.
  • aliphatic monocarboxylic acids include acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, valeric acid, caproic acid, enanthic acid, caprylic acid, pelargonic acid, capric acid, 2-ethyl-hexanoic acid, undecylic acid, lauric acid, tridecylic acid , Saturated fatty acids such as myristic acid, pentadecylic acid, palmitic acid, heptadecylic acid, stearic acid, nonadecanoic acid, arachidic acid, behenic acid, lignoceric acid, serotic acid, heptacosanoic acid, montanic acid, melicic acid, and laccelic acid; undecylenic acid, Examples include unsaturated fatty acids such as oleic acid, sorbic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, and arachidonic acid. Of these, acetic acid or a mixture of ace
  • Examples of the alicyclic monocarboxylic acid include cyclopentane carboxylic acid, cyclohexane carboxylic acid, cyclooctane carboxylic acid and the like.
  • aromatic monocarboxylic acids examples include benzoic acid; one having 1 to 3 alkyl or alkoxy groups (for example, methoxy group or ethoxy group) introduced into the benzene ring of benzoic acid (for example, toluic acid); benzene ring Aromatic monocarboxylic acids having two or more (for example, biphenyl carboxylic acid, naphthalene carboxylic acid, tetralin carboxylic acid, etc.) are included, and benzoic acid is preferred.
  • polyhydric alcohol ester examples include compounds described in paragraphs [0058] to [0061] of JP-A-2006-113239.
  • the polyvalent carboxylic acid ester is an ester of a divalent or higher, preferably 2 to 20 valent polycarboxylic acid and an alcohol compound.
  • the polyvalent carboxylic acid is preferably a divalent to 20-valent aliphatic polyvalent carboxylic acid, a 3- to 20-valent aromatic polyvalent carboxylic acid, or a 3- to 20-valent alicyclic polyvalent carboxylic acid. .
  • polyvalent carboxylic acids include trivalent or higher aromatic polyvalent carboxylic acids or derivatives such as trimellitic acid, trimesic acid, pyromellitic acid, succinic acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, oxalic acid Contains aliphatic polycarboxylic acids such as fumaric acid, maleic acid, and tetrahydrophthalic acid, and oxypolycarboxylic acids such as tartaric acid, tartronic acid, malic acid, and citric acid, and suppresses volatilization from the film. For this, oxypolycarboxylic acids are preferred.
  • the alcohol compound examples include an aliphatic saturated alcohol compound having a straight chain or a side chain, an aliphatic unsaturated alcohol compound having a straight chain or a side chain, an alicyclic alcohol compound, or an aromatic alcohol compound.
  • the carbon number of the aliphatic saturated alcohol compound or the aliphatic unsaturated alcohol compound is preferably 1 to 32, more preferably 1 to 20, and further preferably 1 to 10.
  • Examples of the alicyclic alcohol compound include cyclopentanol, cyclohexanol and the like.
  • the aromatic alcohol compound include benzyl alcohol and cinnamyl alcohol.
  • the molecular weight of the polyvalent carboxylic acid ester is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 300 to 1000, more preferably in the range of 350 to 750.
  • the molecular weight of the polyvalent carboxylic acid ester plasticizer is preferably larger from the viewpoint of suppressing bleeding out; it is preferably smaller from the viewpoint of moisture permeability and compatibility with cellulose acetate.
  • polycarboxylic acid esters examples include triethyl citrate, tributyl citrate, acetyl triethyl citrate (ATEC), acetyl tributyl citrate (ATBC), benzoyl tributyl citrate, acetyl triphenyl citrate, acetyl tribenzyl citrate , Dibutyl tartrate, diacetyl dibutyl tartrate, tributyl trimellitic acid, tetrabutyl pyromellitic acid and the like.
  • ATEC acetyl triethyl citrate
  • ATBC acetyl tributyl citrate
  • benzoyl tributyl citrate acetyl triphenyl citrate
  • acetyl tribenzyl citrate Dibutyl tartrate, diacetyl dibutyl tartrate, tributyl trimellitic acid, tetrabutyl pyromellitic acid
  • the polyvalent carboxylic acid ester may be a phthalic acid ester.
  • the phthalic acid ester include diethyl phthalate, dimethoxyethyl phthalate, dimethyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, dibutyl phthalate, di-2-ethylhexyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, dicyclohexyl phthalate, dicyclohexyl terephthalate and the like.
  • glycolate compounds include alkylphthalyl alkyl glycolates.
  • alkyl phthalyl alkyl glycolates include methyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate, propyl phthalyl propyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, octyl phthalyl octyl glycolate, methyl phthalyl Ethyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl propyl glycolate, methyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate, propyl phthalyl butyl Glycolate, butyl phthalyl propyl glycolate, methyl phthalyl octyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl
  • Esters include fatty acid esters, citrate esters and phosphate esters.
  • fatty acid esters include butyl oleate, methylacetyl ricinoleate, and dibutyl sebacate.
  • citrate ester include acetyltrimethyl citrate, acetyltriethyl citrate, and acetyltributyl citrate.
  • phosphate ester include triphenyl phosphate, tricresyl phosphate, cresyl diphenyl phosphate, octyl diphenyl phosphate, biphenyl diphenyl phosphate, trioctyl phosphate, tributyl phosphate, and the like, and preferably triphenyl phosphate.
  • polyester glycolate compound, and phosphate ester are preferable, and polyester is particularly preferable.
  • the content of the plasticizer is preferably in the range of 1 to 20% by mass, more preferably in the range of 1.5 to 15% by mass with respect to the cellulose ester.
  • the content of the plasticizer is within the above range, the effect of imparting plasticity can be exhibited, and the plasticizer is also excellent in resistance to bleeding.
  • Antioxidants are also referred to as deterioration inhibitors. When a liquid crystal image display device or the like is placed in a high humidity and high temperature state, the retardation film may be deteriorated.
  • the antioxidant has a role of delaying or preventing the retardation film from being decomposed by, for example, the residual solvent amount of halogen in the retardation film or phosphoric acid of the phosphoric acid plasticizer. It is preferable to make it contain in.
  • a hindered phenol compound is preferably used.
  • 2,6-di-t-butyl-p-cresol, pentaerythrityl-tetrakis [3- (3,5-di- -T-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] triethylene glycol-bis [3- (3-t-butyl-5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], 1,6-hexanediol-bis [3 -(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], 2,4-bis- (n-octylthio) -6- (4-hydroxy-3,5-di-t-butylanilino)- 1,3,5-triazine, 2,2-thio-diethylenebis [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], oct Decyl-3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl
  • 2,6-di-t-butyl-p-cresol, pentaerythrityl-tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], triethylene glycol-bis [3 -(3-tert-butyl-5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] is preferred.
  • hydrazine-based metal deactivators such as N, N′-bis [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionyl] hydrazine and tris (2,4-di- A phosphorus processing stabilizer such as t-butylphenyl) phosphite may be used in combination.
  • the amount of these compounds added is preferably in the range of 1 ppm to 1.0% by mass ratio with respect to the cellulose ester, and more preferably in the range of 10 to 1000 ppm.
  • the retardation film of the present invention can contain an ultraviolet absorber for the purpose of imparting an ultraviolet absorbing function.
  • the ultraviolet absorber is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an ultraviolet absorber such as benzotriazole, 2-hydroxybenzophenone, or salicylic acid phenyl ester.
  • an ultraviolet absorber such as benzotriazole, 2-hydroxybenzophenone, or salicylic acid phenyl ester.
  • 2- (5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- [2-hydroxy-3,5-bis ( ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylbenzyl) phenyl] -2H-benzotriazole, 2- (3 Triazoles such as 5-di-t-butyl-2-hydroxyphenyl) benzotriazole, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-octoxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone And benzophenones.
  • UV absorbers with a molecular weight of 400 or more are difficult to sublimate or volatilize at a high boiling point, and are difficult to disperse when dried at high temperatures. From the viewpoint of improving weather resistance, it is preferable.
  • Examples of the ultraviolet absorber having a molecular weight of 400 or more include 2- [2-hydroxy-3,5-bis ( ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylbenzyl) phenyl] -2-benzotriazole, 2,2-methylenebis [4- ( Benzotriazoles such as 1,1,3,3-tetrabutyl) -6- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenol], bis (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, Hindered amines such as bis (1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate and 2- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) -2-n-butyl Bis (1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) malonate, 1- [2- [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionylo Xyl] ethyl] -4- [3- (3
  • 2- [2-hydroxy-3,5-bis ( ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylbenzyl) phenyl] -2-benzotriazole and 2,2-methylenebis [4- (1,1,3,3- Tetrabutyl) -6- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenol] is particularly preferred.
  • the ultraviolet absorbers can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the amount of the UV absorber used is not uniform depending on the type of UV absorber and the use conditions, but generally 0.05 to 10% by weight, preferably 0.1 to 5% by weight, based on cellulose acetate. It is added in the range of.
  • the method of adding the UV absorber may be added to the dope after the UV absorber is dissolved in an alcohol such as methanol, ethanol or butanol, an organic solvent such as methylene chloride, methyl acetate, acetone or dioxolane, or a mixed solvent thereof. Or you may add directly in dope composition.
  • an alcohol such as methanol, ethanol or butanol
  • an organic solvent such as methylene chloride, methyl acetate, acetone or dioxolane, or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • inorganic powders that do not dissolve in organic solvents use a dissolver or sand mill in the organic solvent and cellulose acetate to disperse them before adding them to the dope.
  • the retardation film of the present invention may further contain fine particles (matting agent) as necessary in order to enhance the slipperiness of the surface.
  • the fine particles may be inorganic fine particles or organic fine particles.
  • inorganic fine particles include silicon dioxide (silica), titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, calcium carbonate, calcium carbonate, talc, clay, calcined kaolin, calcined calcium silicate, hydrated calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, Examples include magnesium silicate and calcium phosphate.
  • silicon dioxide and zirconium oxide are preferable, and silicon dioxide is more preferable in order to reduce the increase in haze of the obtained film.
  • Examples of the fine particles of silicon dioxide include Aerosil R972, R972V, R974, R812, 200, 200V, 300, R202, OX50, TT600, NAX50 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.), Seahoster KE-P10, KE-P30, KE-P50, KE-P100 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.) and the like are included.
  • Aerosil R972V, NAX50, Seahoster KE-P30 and the like are particularly preferable because they reduce the coefficient of friction while keeping the turbidity of the resulting film low.
  • the primary particle diameter of the fine particles is preferably in the range of 5 to 50 nm, more preferably in the range of 7 to 20 nm.
  • a larger primary particle size has a greater effect of increasing the slipperiness of the resulting film, but transparency tends to decrease. Therefore, the fine particles may be contained as secondary aggregates having a particle diameter in the range of 0.05 to 0.3 ⁇ m.
  • the size of the primary particles or the secondary aggregates of the fine particles was determined by observing the primary particles or secondary aggregates with a transmission electron microscope at a magnification of 500,000 to 2,000,000 times, and measuring 100 primary particles or secondary aggregates. It can be determined as an average value of the particle diameter.
  • the content of fine particles is preferably in the range of 0.05 to 1.0% by mass, more preferably in the range of 0.1 to 0.8% by mass with respect to the cellulose ester.
  • ⁇ Method for producing retardation film ⁇ As the method for producing the retardation film of the present invention, the usual inflation method, T-die method, calendar method, cutting method, casting method, emulsion method, hot press method and the like can be used. From the viewpoint of suppression of foreign matter defects, suppression of optical defects such as die lines, etc., a film casting method can be selected from a solution casting film forming method and a melt casting film forming method, and in particular, a solution casting film forming method, It is preferable from the viewpoint that a uniform and smooth surface can be obtained.
  • the phase difference film of the present invention was prepared by preparing a dope by dissolving at least cellulose acetate as resin A and cellulose ester as resin B, a retardation increasing agent and an additive in a solvent, and preparing a filtration. Casting the dope on a belt-shaped or drum-shaped metal support to form a web, peeling the formed web from the metal support to form a film, stretching and drying the film, and drying The film is cooled and wound into a roll.
  • the retardation film of the present invention preferably contains a cellulose ester specified by Resin A and Resin B in the solid content in the range of 60 to 95% by mass.
  • the organic ester mainly composed of a good solvent for the cellulose ester, the cellulose ester in a dissolution vessel, and in some cases, the retardation increasing agent, sugar ester, polycondensation ester, or other compound according to the present invention.
  • the step of dissolving with stirring to form a dope or in the step of forming a dope which is a main solution by mixing the retardation increasing agent, sugar ester, polycondensation ester or other compound solution with the cellulose ester solution. is there.
  • an organic solvent useful for forming a dope is used without limitation as long as it dissolves a cellulose ester, a retardation increasing agent and other compounds at the same time. be able to.
  • methylene chloride as a non-chlorinated organic solvent, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, amyl acetate, acetone, tetrahydrofuran, 1,3-dioxolane, 1,4-dioxane, cyclohexanone, ethyl formate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol, 2,2,3,3-hexafluoro-1-propanol, 1,3-difluoro-2-propanol, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro- 2-methyl-2-propanol, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoro-1-propanol, nitroethane, etc.
  • methylene chloride, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, and acetone can be preferably used as the main solvent. Particularly preferably
  • the dope preferably contains a linear or branched aliphatic alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in the range of 1 to 40% by mass.
  • a linear or branched aliphatic alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in the range of 1 to 40% by mass.
  • the proportion of alcohol in the dope increases, the web gels and peeling from the metal support becomes easy.
  • the proportion of alcohol is small, cellulose ester and other compounds dissolve in non-chlorine organic solvents.
  • a method of forming a film using a dope having an alcohol concentration in the range of 0.5 to 15.0% by mass from the viewpoint of improving the flatness of the obtained retardation film. Can be applied.
  • a dope composition in which cellulose ester and other compounds are dissolved in a total amount of 15 to 45% by mass in a solvent containing methylene chloride and a linear or branched aliphatic alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. It is preferable that it is a thing.
  • linear or branched aliphatic alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms examples include methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, iso-propanol, n-butanol, sec-butanol, and tert-butanol. Methanol and ethanol are preferred because of the stability, boiling point of these inner dopes, and good drying properties.
  • a method performed at normal pressure a method performed below the boiling point of the main solvent, a method performed under pressure above the boiling point of the main solvent, A method using a cooling dissolution method as described in JP-A-9-95544, JP-A-9-95557, or JP-A-9-95538, and a high pressure described in JP-A-11-21379
  • a method of pressurizing at a temperature equal to or higher than the boiling point of the main solvent is particularly preferable.
  • the concentration of the cellulose ester in the dope is preferably in the range of 10 to 40% by mass.
  • the filtration of the dope it is preferable to filter the dope with, for example, a filter medium having a 90% collection particle diameter of 10 to 100 times the average particle diameter of the fine particles in the main filter 3 having a leaf disk filter.
  • the filter medium used for filtration preferably has a low absolute filtration accuracy.
  • the absolute filtration accuracy is too small, the filter medium is likely to be clogged, and the filter medium must be frequently replaced. There is a problem of lowering productivity.
  • the filter medium used for the cellulose ester dope preferably has an absolute filtration accuracy of 0.008 mm or less, more preferably in the range of 0.001 to 0.008 mm, and more preferably in the range of 0.003 to 0.006 mm.
  • a range of filter media is more preferred.
  • the material of the filter medium there are no particular restrictions on the material of the filter medium, and normal filter media can be used. However, plastic fiber filter media such as polypropylene and Teflon (registered trademark), and metal filter media such as stainless steel fibers are used to remove fibers. This is preferable.
  • the flow rate of the dope during filtration is preferably 10 to 80 kg / (h ⁇ m 2 ), preferably 20 to 60 kg / (h ⁇ m 2 ).
  • the flow rate of the dope at the time of filtration is 10 kg / (h ⁇ m 2 ) or more, it becomes efficient productivity, and the flow rate of the dope at the time of filtration is within 80 kg / (h ⁇ m 2 ). If so, the pressure applied to the filter medium is appropriate, and the filter medium is not damaged, which is preferable.
  • the filtration pressure is preferably 3500 kPa or less, more preferably 3000 kPa or less, and even more preferably 2500 kPa or less.
  • the filtration pressure can be controlled by appropriately selecting the filtration flow rate and the filtration area.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram schematically showing an example of a dope preparation step, a casting step, and a drying step of a solution casting film forming method preferable for the present invention.
  • the main dope is filtered by the main filter 3, and a matting agent dispersion liquid, an ultraviolet absorbent additive liquid, and the like are added thereto inline from 16.
  • the main dope may contain about 10 to 50% by weight of recycled material.
  • Recycled material is, for example, a product obtained by finely pulverizing a cellulose ester film, which is generated when a cellulose ester film is formed, and has exceeded the specified value of the film due to a material from which both sides of the film are cut off, or due to scratches.
  • a cellulose ester film raw material is used.
  • a raw material of the resin used for the dope preparation those obtained by pelletizing cellulose ester and other compounds in advance can be preferably used.
  • the metal support in the casting process is preferably a mirror-finished surface, and a stainless steel belt or a drum whose surface is plated with a casting is preferably used as the metal support.
  • the cast width can be in the range of 1 to 4 m, preferably in the range of 1.5 to 3 m, more preferably in the range of 2 to 2.8 m.
  • the surface temperature of the metal support in the casting step is set in the range of ⁇ 50 ° C. to below the temperature at which the solvent boils and does not foam, more preferably in the range of ⁇ 30 to 0 ° C. A higher temperature is preferred because the web can be dried faster, but if it is too high, the web may foam or the flatness may deteriorate.
  • a preferable support temperature is appropriately determined at 0 to 100 ° C., and more preferably within a range of 5 to 30 ° C.
  • the method for controlling the temperature of the metal support is not particularly limited, and there are a method of blowing warm air or cold air, and a method of contacting hot water with the back side of the metal support. It is preferable to use warm water because heat transfer is performed efficiently, so that the time until the temperature of the metal support becomes constant is short.
  • ⁇ Pressure dies that can adjust the slit shape of the die base and make the film thickness uniform are preferred.
  • the pressure die include a coat hanger die and a T die, and any of them is preferably used.
  • the surface of the metal support is a mirror surface. In order to increase the film forming speed, two or more pressure dies may be provided on the metal support, and the dope amount may be divided and laminated.
  • the web on the support after casting is preferably dried on the support in an atmosphere of 40 to 100 ° C. In order to maintain the atmosphere at 40 to 100 ° C., it is preferable to apply hot air at this temperature to the upper surface of the web or heat by means such as infrared rays.
  • Peeling process It is the process of peeling the web which the solvent evaporated on the metal support body in a peeling position. The peeled web is sent to the next process as a film.
  • the temperature at the peeling position on the metal support is preferably in the range of 10 to 40 ° C, more preferably in the range of 11 to 30 ° C.
  • the amount of residual solvent at the time of peeling of the web on the metal support at the time of peeling is preferably 50 to 120% by mass depending on the strength of drying conditions, the length of the metal support, and the like.
  • the amount of solvent is determined.
  • the residual solvent amount of the web is defined by the following formula (Z).
  • Residual solvent amount (%) (mass before web heat treatment ⁇ mass after web heat treatment) / (mass after web heat treatment) ⁇ 100 Note that the heat treatment for measuring the residual solvent amount represents performing heat treatment at 115 ° C. for 1 hour.
  • the peeling tension when peeling the metal support from the film is usually in the range of 196 to 245 N / m. However, when wrinkles are likely to occur during peeling, peeling with a tension of 190 N / m or less is preferable. .
  • the temperature at the peeling position on the metal support is preferably in the range of ⁇ 50 to 40 ° C., more preferably in the range of 10 to 40 ° C., and in the range of 15 to 30 ° C. Is most preferred.
  • the drying step can be divided into a preliminary drying step and a main drying step.
  • the web obtained by peeling from the metal support is dried.
  • the web may be dried while being conveyed by a large number of rollers arranged above and below, or may be dried while being conveyed while fixing both ends of the web with clips like a tenter dryer. .
  • the means for drying the web is not particularly limited, and can be generally performed with hot air, infrared rays, a heating roller, microwave, or the like, but it is preferably performed with hot air in terms of simplicity.
  • the drying temperature in the web drying process is preferably a glass transition point of the film of ⁇ 5 ° C. or less, and it is effective to perform a heat treatment at a temperature of 100 ° C. or more for 10 minutes or more and 60 minutes or less. Drying is performed at a drying temperature in the range of 100 to 200 ° C, more preferably in the range of 110 to 160 ° C.
  • the retardation film of the present invention can be subjected to stretching treatment to control the molecular orientation in the film, and target retardation values Ro and Rth can be obtained.
  • the retardation film of the present invention is preferably stretched in the casting direction (also referred to as MD direction) and / or in the width direction (also referred to as TD direction), and is stretched in the width direction by at least a tenter stretching device. It is preferable to manufacture.
  • the stretching operation may be performed in multiple stages.
  • simultaneous biaxial stretching may be performed or may be performed stepwise.
  • stepwise means that, for example, stretching in different stretching directions can be sequentially performed, stretching in the same direction is divided into multiple stages, and stretching in different directions is added to any one of the stages. Is also possible.
  • the residual solvent amount at the start of stretching is preferably in the range of 2 to 10% by mass.
  • the amount of the residual solvent is 2% by mass or more, the film thickness deviation is small and is preferable from the viewpoint of flatness, and if it is within 10% by mass, the unevenness of the surface is reduced and the flatness is improved.
  • the retardation film of the present invention has (Tg + 15) when the glass transition temperature of the film is defined as Tg in the MD direction and / or TD direction, preferably in the TD direction so that the film thickness after stretching is in a desired range. ) To (Tg + 50) ° C. is preferably stretched. If the stretching is performed within the above temperature range, the retardation can be easily adjusted, and the stretching stress can be reduced, so that the haze is lowered. Moreover, the retardation film which suppressed generation
  • the stretching temperature is preferably in the range of (Tg + 20) to (Tg + 40) ° C.
  • the glass transition temperature Tg referred to here is a midpoint glass transition temperature (Tmg) measured at a rate of temperature increase of 20 ° C./min using a commercially available differential scanning calorimeter and determined according to JIS K7121 (1987). It is. A specific method for measuring the glass transition temperature Tg of the retardation film is measured using a differential scanning calorimeter DSC220 manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc. according to JIS K7121 (1987).
  • the retardation film of the present invention preferably stretches the web at least 1.1 times in the TD direction.
  • the range of stretching is preferably 1.1 to 1.5 times the original width, and more preferably 1.2 to 1.4 times. If it is in the said range, the movement of the molecule
  • peeling is preferably performed at a peeling tension of 130 N / m or more, particularly preferably 150 to 170 N / m. Since the web after peeling is in a high residual solvent state, stretching in the MD direction can be performed by maintaining the same tension as the peeling tension. As the web dries and the residual solvent amount decreases, the draw ratio in the MD direction decreases.
  • the draw ratio in the MD direction can be calculated from the rotation speed of the belt support and the tenter operation speed.
  • a drying method (referred to as a tenter method), among them, a tenter method using clips and a pin tenter method using pins are preferably used.
  • stretching in the TD direction stretching in the width direction of the film at a stretching speed of 250 to 500% / min is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the flatness of the film.
  • the stretching speed is 250% / min or more, the planarity is improved and the film can be processed at a high speed, which is preferable from the viewpoint of production aptitude, and if it is within 500% / min, the film is broken. Can be processed without any problem.
  • a preferable stretching speed is in the range of 300 to 400% / min.
  • the stretching speed is defined by the following formula 1.
  • the retardation film of the present invention is represented by the following formulas (i) and (ii), the retardation value Ro in the in-plane direction of the retardation film is in the range of 45 to 60 nm, and the retardation in the film thickness direction.
  • a value Rth within the range of 110 to 140 nm is preferable from the viewpoint of improving visibility such as viewing angle and contrast when the VA liquid crystal display device is provided.
  • the retardation film can be adjusted within the range of the retardation value by stretching while adjusting the stretching ratio at least in the TD direction.
  • n x represents a refractive index in the direction x in which the refractive index is maximized in the plane direction of the film.
  • n y in-plane direction of the film, the refractive index in the direction y perpendicular to the direction x.
  • nz represents the refractive index in the thickness direction z of the film.
  • d represents the thickness (nm) of the film.
  • the knurling process can be formed by pressing a heated embossing roller. Fine embossing is formed on the embossing roller, and by pressing the embossing roller, unevenness can be formed on the film and the end can be made bulky.
  • the height of the knurling at both ends of the width of the retardation film of the present invention is preferably 4 to 20 ⁇ m and the width is 5 to 20 mm.
  • the knurling process is preferably provided after the drying in the film forming process and before winding.
  • Winding step This is a step of winding as a film after the residual solvent amount in the web is 2% by mass or less, and the film having good dimensional stability by making the residual solvent amount 0.4% by mass or less. Can be obtained.
  • a generally used method may be used, and there are a constant torque method, a constant tension method, a taper tension method, a program tension control method with a constant internal stress, and the like.
  • the retardation film of the present invention preferably has a haze of less than 1%, more preferably less than 0.5%. By setting the haze to less than 1%, there is an advantage that the transparency of the film becomes higher and it becomes easier to use as a film for optical applications.
  • the equilibrium water content at 25 ° C. and 60% relative humidity is preferably 4% or less, more preferably 3% or less.
  • the equilibrium moisture content is preferable to easily cope with a change in humidity and to hardly change the optical characteristics and dimensions.
  • the retardation film of the present invention is preferably long, specifically, preferably has a length of about 100 to 10,000 m, and is wound up in a roll shape.
  • the width of the retardation film of the present invention is preferably 1 m or more, more preferably 1.4 m or more, and particularly preferably 1.4 to 4 m.
  • the film thickness is preferably in the range of 10 to 36 ⁇ m from the viewpoint of thinning the display device and productivity. If the film thickness is 10 ⁇ m or more, a certain level of film strength and retardation can be expressed. If the film thickness is 36 ⁇ m or less, the film has a desired retardation and can be applied to make the polarizing plate and the display device thinner. Preferably, it is in the range of 20 to 36 ⁇ m.
  • the retardation film of this invention can be used for a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device provided with the same.
  • the retardation film of the present invention is preferably a film serving as both a polarizing plate protective film and a retardation film. In that case, it is not necessary to prepare a retardation film separate from the polarizing plate protective film. Therefore, the thickness of the liquid crystal display device can be reduced and the manufacturing process can be simplified.
  • the polarizing plate has a polarizer and a polarizing plate protective film bonded to one or both surfaces of the polarizer.
  • a polarizer is an element that allows only light of a plane of polarization in a certain direction to pass through.
  • a typical polarizer is a polyvinyl alcohol polarizing film, which is dichroic with a polyvinyl alcohol film dyed with iodine. There are dyed dyes.
  • the polarizer is obtained by forming a polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution into a film and dyeing it by uniaxial stretching or dyeing or uniaxially stretching the dye, and then preferably performing a durability treatment with a boron compound.
  • the thickness of the polarizer is preferably in the range of 5 to 30 ⁇ m, particularly preferably in the range of 10 to 20 ⁇ m.
  • the polarizing plate of the present invention can be produced by a general method.
  • the surface to be attached to the polarizer of the retardation film of the present invention is subjected to alkali saponification treatment.
  • the retardation film of the present invention is bonded to at least one surface of a polarizer produced by immersion and stretching in an iodine solution, using a completely saponified polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution.
  • the retardation film of the present invention and the polarizer are usually bonded after the saponification treatment is performed by immersing the retardation film of the present invention in a saponification solution.
  • the saponification solution is 2 mol / L sodium hydroxide solution.
  • the retardation film using only the DAC is Since it was hydrophilic, it was eluted in the saponification solution and easily contaminated the saponification solution.
  • the retardation film of the present invention uses CAP or CAB having a relatively hydrophobic property in combination with DAC, for example, even if the retardation film of the present invention is immersed in a saponification solution for a long time, it becomes a saponification solution of DAC. Of the saponification, thus improving the saponification suitability.
  • Another conventional polarizing plate protective film may be bonded to the other surface of the polarizer.
  • Examples of conventional polarizing plate protective films include commercially available cellulose ester films (for example, Konica Minoltack KC8UX, KC5UX, KC8UCR3, KC8UCR4, KC8UCR5, KC8UY, KC6UY, KC4UY, KC4UE, KC8UE-HA-C KC8UXW-RHA-C, KC8UXW-RHA-NC, KC4UXW-RHA-NC, Konica Minolta, Fujitac T40UZ, Fujitac T60UZ, Fujitac T80UZ, Fujitac TD80UL, Fujitac TD40UL Fujitac T25TJ, Fujitac T40TJ, Fujitac R02, Fujitac R06, Fujitac R032, Fuji Click r033, or produced by Fujifilm Corp., etc.) and the like.
  • the liquid crystal display device of the present invention includes a polarizing plate including the retardation film of the present invention.
  • the polarizing film disposed in at least one of the liquid crystal cells includes the retardation film of the present invention; the film on the liquid crystal cell side of the polarizing plate is preferably the retardation film of the present invention.
  • a polarizing plate is bonded to one or both surfaces of the liquid crystal cell via an adhesive layer.
  • the direction of bonding of the polarizing plate in the VA mode liquid crystal display device can be performed with reference to JP-A-2005-234431.
  • the polarizing plate protective film used on the surface side of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention preferably has an antireflection layer, an antistatic layer, an antifouling layer, and a backcoat layer. .
  • the retardation film and polarizing plate of the present invention can be used for liquid crystal display devices of various drive systems such as STN, TN, OCB, HAN, VA (MVA, PVA), IPS, OCB.
  • the retardation film of the present invention is suitably used for a VA (MVA, PVA) mode type liquid crystal display device and improves visibility.
  • VA MVA, PVA
  • the VA liquid crystal display device of the present invention is excellent in various visibility.
  • Example 1 ⁇ Production of retardation film> [Production of Retardation Film 101] A retardation film 101 was produced according to the following method.
  • in-line mixer Toray static in-tube mixer Hi-Mixer, SWJ
  • the obtained dope was uniformly cast on a stainless steel band support using a belt casting apparatus under the conditions of a dope liquid temperature of 35 ° C. and a width of 1.95 m and a final film thickness of 33 ⁇ m. .
  • the organic solvent in the obtained dope film was evaporated until the residual solvent amount reached 100% by mass to form a web, and then the web was peeled from the stainless steel band support.
  • the obtained web was further pre-dried at 110 ° C. for 5 minutes so that the residual solvent amount was 10% by mass, and the web was then increased by a factor of 1.2 to the original width in the TD direction at 160 ° C. Stretched.
  • the stretching speed was 300% / min.
  • the drying temperature was 130 ° C. and the transport tension was 100 N / m.
  • the obtained film was slit to 2.0 m width, 10 mm wide and 5 ⁇ m knurled at both ends of the film, wound on a core of 15.24 cm in inner diameter with an initial tension of 220 N / m and a final tension of 110 N / m.
  • a retardation film 101 having a thickness of 4000 m and a dry film thickness of 33 ⁇ m was obtained.
  • a retardation film 102 was produced in the same manner except that 4 parts by mass of a compound having a structure represented by the general formula (1) which is a retardation increasing agent: pyrazole 3 was added. .
  • retardation film 103 Preparation of retardation film 103
  • a retardation film 103 was produced in the same manner except that 2.5 and a weight average molecular weight of 270,000 were used.
  • retardation film 104 In the production of the retardation film 102, a retardation film 104 was produced in the same manner except that triacetylcellulose (acetyl group substitution degree 2.98, weight average molecular weight 270,000) was used instead of diacetylserose.
  • triacetylcellulose acetyl group substitution degree 2.98, weight average molecular weight 270,000
  • Retardation value measurement In-plane retardation value Ro and thickness direction retardation value Rth are obtained by arbitrarily cutting 10 sample films from the retardation film, and using an automatic birefringence meter Axoscan (Axo Scan). Using a Mueller Matrix Polarimeter (manufactured by Axometrics), three-dimensional refractive index measurement is performed at a wavelength of 590 nm in an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH, and the obtained average refractive indexes nx, ny, and nz Obtained by substituting into (i) and (ii).
  • n x represents a refractive index in the direction x in which the refractive index is maximized in the plane direction of the film.
  • n y in-plane direction of the film, the refractive index in the direction y perpendicular to the direction x.
  • nz represents the refractive index in the thickness direction z of the film.
  • d represents the thickness (nm) of the film.
  • Brittleness evaluation ⁇ Cutting property: Brittleness alternative evaluation in manufacturing process> The optical film sample was torn using a light load tear tester (manufactured by Toyo Seiki Co., Ltd.) and evaluated visually by the following criteria.
  • ⁇ Saponification process> Saponification process 2M-KOH 55 ° C. 30 seconds Water washing process Water 30 ° C. 45 seconds Neutralization process 10% HCl 30 ° C. 45 seconds Water washing process Water 30 ° C. 45 seconds ⁇ White foreign substance of saponification solution> ⁇ : No white foreign matter in the saponification liquid or coloring of the saponification liquid can be confirmed. ⁇ : White foreign matter in the saponification liquid or coloring of the saponification liquid can be confirmed slightly, but reattachment to the film cannot be confirmed. ⁇ : White foreign matter can be confirmed in the saponification solution, but reattachment to the film cannot be confirmed.
  • Ro and Rth were measured in a state where the retardation film was sandwiched between two slide glasses, and these were designated as Ro 1 and Rth 1 .
  • Ro fluctuation suppression rate (%) (( ⁇ Ro of reference film) ⁇ ( ⁇ Ro of each sample film)) / ( ⁇ Ro of reference film) ⁇ 100
  • Rth fluctuation suppression rate (%) (( ⁇ Rth of reference film) ⁇ ( ⁇ Rth of each sample film)) / ( ⁇ Rth of reference film) ⁇ 100
  • the retardation value fluctuation suppression effect was evaluated as a fluctuation suppression rate (%) obtained by the following formula.
  • Both Ro fluctuation rate suppression rate and Rth fluctuation suppression rate are 70% or more.
  • Ro fluctuation rate suppression rate and Rth fluctuation suppression rate are both 50% or more and less than 70%.
  • Ro fluctuation rate suppression rate and Rth fluctuation suppression rate.
  • X Ro fluctuation rate suppression rate and Rth fluctuation suppression rate are both less than 20%.
  • the films 113 to 116 are inferior in brittleness, saponification suitability, and R value fluctuation, and it is clear that a comprehensive retardation film is not obtained.
  • Example 2 [Production of retardation film 201]
  • a retardation film 201 was produced in the same manner except that the dope was prepared with the following main dope composition.
  • Table 2 shows the configuration and evaluation results of the retardation film.
  • retardation films 202, 204, 206, 208, and 210 to 221 using various retardation increasing agents in the constitution of the present invention reproduce Example 1 and are brittle and saponified with respect to the comparative example. It can be seen that aptitude and R value fluctuation are excellent overall. Among them, the retardation films 213 and 214 using a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound having a pyrazole ring as a retardation increasing agent were excellent in brittleness, saponification suitability and R value fluctuation.
  • Example 3 Preparation of retardation film 301
  • a retardation film 301 was produced in the same manner except that the dope was prepared with the following main dope composition.
  • Table 3 shows the configuration and evaluation results of the retardation film.
  • the retardation films 302 to 307 having the configuration of the present invention reproduce Example 1 and are generally excellent in brittleness, saponification suitability, and R value fluctuation compared to the comparative example.
  • Example 4 [Production of Retardation Film 401]
  • a retardation film 401 was produced in the same manner except that the dope was prepared with the following main dope composition.
  • Table 4 shows the structure and evaluation results of the retardation film.
  • the retardation film of the constitution of the present invention reproduces Example 1 and is comprehensively excellent in brittleness, saponification suitability and R value fluctuation.
  • the retardation films 402 to 407 and 410 to 415 in which the substitution degree of propionyl group and butyryl group of the resin B are in the range of 0.5 to 2.2 have brittleness, saponification suitability, and R value fluctuation. The result was excellent.
  • Example 5 [Production of Retardation Film 501]
  • a retardation film 501 was produced in the same manner except that the dope was prepared with the following main dope composition and the film thickness was 9 ⁇ m.
  • a polarizing plate and a VA type liquid crystal display device were produced by the following procedure.
  • each retardation film produced above was subjected to alkali saponification treatment. It was immersed in a 1.5 mol / L aqueous sodium hydroxide solution at 55 ° C. for 2 minutes, washed in a water bath at room temperature, and neutralized with 0.1 N sulfuric acid at 30 ° C. Again, it was washed in a water bath at room temperature and further dried with hot air at 100 ° C.
  • a roll-shaped polyvinyl alcohol film having a thickness of 80 ⁇ m was continuously stretched 5 times in an iodine aqueous solution and dried to obtain a polarizer 1 having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m.
  • a polarizer 1 having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m.
  • the polarizing plates 501 to 506 are bonded to each other so that the saponified surfaces are on the polarizer side with the polarizer sandwiched therebetween, and the retardation films, the polarizer 1 and the KC6UA are bonded in this order. Obtained. At this time, the retardation films were stuck so that the slow axis of each retardation film and the slow axis of KC6UA were orthogonal to the absorption axis of the polarizer.
  • the polarizing plate is bonded so that the surface of the retardation film is on the liquid crystal cell side and the absorption axis is directed in the same direction as the polarizing plate previously bonded. Then, liquid crystal display devices 501 to 506 corresponding to the polarizing plates 501 to 506 were produced, respectively.
  • the contrast ratio was measured in a dark room at a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 55%.
  • the azimuth angle of 45 ° represents an azimuth rotated 45 ° counterclockwise when the long side of the display screen is 0 ° in the plane of the display screen.
  • the polar angle of 60 ° represents a direction inclined by 60 ° with respect to the normal line when the normal direction of the display screen is 0 °. The higher the contrast ratio, the higher the contrast and the better.
  • Contrast ratio is 60 or more ⁇ : Contrast ratio is 55 or more and less than 60 ⁇ : Contrast ratio is 50 or more and less than 55 ⁇ : Contrast ratio is less than 50 Retardation film
  • Table 5 The structure and the above evaluation results are shown in Table 5 below.
  • the retardation films 502 to 505 having the constitution of the present invention and having a film thickness in the range of 10 to 36 ⁇ m reproduce Example 1, and are comprehensively excellent in brittleness, saponification suitability, and R value fluctuation. I understand that
  • the polarizing plate and the liquid crystal display device using the retardation film having the structure of the present invention within the thickness range have a high retardation value despite being a retardation film that is a thin film. It can be seen that a polarizing plate and a VA liquid crystal display device excellent in visibility can be provided.
  • the retardation film of the present invention is a cellulose ester-based retardation film provided in a VA liquid crystal display device, which is a thin film and has a high retardation value, and is resistant to retardation value fluctuation under high humidity. And is suitable for a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device.

Abstract

The present invention addresses the problem of providing a cellulose-ester phase difference film that is provided to a VA-type liquid crystal display, the phase difference film being a thin film and having a high phase difference value, and also, under high temperatures, having excellent phase-difference-value-fluctuation resistivity and being highly suitable for saponification. The phase-difference film according to the present invention is characterized in that the film contains a retardation enhancer and at least two types of cellulose esters, in that the at least two types of cellulose esters are a cellulose acetate (resin A) that has a degree of acetylation in the range of 2.40-2.60 and a cellulose ester (resin B) that has a total degree of acylation in the range of 2.40-2.60 and that has acyl groups that have 3-6 carbons, and in that the mass ratio of the resin A and the resin B is in the range of resin A:resin B=1:9-9:1.

Description

位相差フィルム、偏光板及びVA型液晶表示装置Retardation film, polarizing plate and VA liquid crystal display device
 本発明は、位相差フィルムに関し、より詳しくは、VA型液晶表示装置に具備されるセルロースエステル系の位相差フィルムであって、薄膜でありかつ高位相差値を有し、さらに高湿度下での位相差値変動耐性及びケン化処理適性に優れた位相差フィルムに関する。 The present invention relates to a retardation film, and more specifically, a cellulose ester-based retardation film provided in a VA liquid crystal display device, which is a thin film and has a high retardation value, and further under high humidity. The present invention relates to a retardation film excellent in resistance to fluctuation of retardation value and suitability for saponification treatment.
 VA型液晶表示装置に具備する位相差フィルムとして、セルロースエステル系の位相差フィルムが従来用いられているが、偏光板及び液晶表示装置の薄型化に伴い、当該位相差フィルムも薄膜化、低コスト化が求められている。一般に位相差フィルムは薄膜化するにしたがい、位相差が出にくい傾向になるため、セルロースエステル樹脂自身の位相差発現性が高く、かつ低コストであるジアセチルセルロース樹脂(本願では、ジアセチルセルロース又はDACともいう。)の適用が検討されてきたが、当該樹脂のみでは所望の位相差値を達成できず、リターデーション上昇剤の併用が必要であった。 Cellulose ester-based retardation films are conventionally used as retardation films for VA liquid crystal display devices. However, as the polarizing plates and liquid crystal display devices become thinner, the retardation films also become thinner and lower in cost. Is required. In general, as the retardation film becomes thinner, the retardation tends to be less likely to occur. Therefore, the cellulose ester resin itself has a high retardation and low cost diacetylcellulose resin (in this application, diacetylcellulose or DAC). However, the desired retardation value cannot be achieved with the resin alone, and a retardation increasing agent must be used in combination.
 また、DACはトリアセチルセルロース樹脂(本願では、トリアセチルセルロース又はTACともいう。)に比較して親水性であるため、DACを用いた位相差フィルムは、薄膜化していくとケン化液の浸透量が増加し、ケン化時に樹脂成分が溶出してケン化液を汚染するという問題があった。かかる問題に対して、ケン化適性を改善する技術が特許文献1~3に開示されている。 Further, since DAC is more hydrophilic than triacetyl cellulose resin (also referred to as triacetyl cellulose or TAC in the present application), a retardation film using DAC penetrates a saponified solution as the film is made thinner. There was a problem that the amount increased and the resin component eluted during saponification to contaminate the saponification solution. With respect to such a problem, Patent Documents 1 to 3 disclose techniques for improving saponification suitability.
 しかしながら、DACを主成分として含有する超薄膜フィルム(例えば、膜厚10~36μmの位相差フィルム)では、DACとともに前記リターデーション上昇剤をVA型液晶表示装置の光学補償に必要とされる使用量でフィルム中に含有させると、当該リターデーション上昇剤の種類によっては高湿度下での位相差値変動が大きくなり、また当該リターデーション上昇剤がケン化液中に溶出してケン化液を汚染したり、溶出したリターデーション上昇剤がフィルム表面に析出して異物化したりする問題があった。 However, in an ultra-thin film containing DAC as a main component (for example, a retardation film having a film thickness of 10 to 36 μm), the amount of retardation increasing agent required for optical compensation of a VA liquid crystal display device is used together with DAC. In the film, the retardation value fluctuates greatly under high humidity depending on the type of the retardation increasing agent, and the retardation increasing agent elutes in the saponification solution to contaminate the saponification solution. Or the eluted retardation elevating agent precipitates on the film surface and becomes foreign matter.
特開2013-83706号公報JP 2013-83706 A 特開2013-44856号公報JP 2013-44856 A 国際公開第2013/051176号International Publication No. 2013/051176
 本発明は、上記問題・状況に鑑みてなされたものであり、その解決課題は、VA型液晶表示装置に具備されるセルロースエステル系の位相差フィルムであって、薄膜でありかつ高位相差値を有し、さらに高湿度下での位相差値変動及びケン化処理適性に優れた位相差フィルムを提供することである。 The present invention has been made in view of the above-described problems and situations, and a solution to the problem is a cellulose ester phase difference film provided in a VA liquid crystal display device, which is a thin film and has a high phase difference value. Furthermore, it is to provide a retardation film having excellent retardation value fluctuation under high humidity and suitability for saponification treatment.
 本発明者は、上記課題を解決すべく、上記問題の原因等について検討する過程において、少なくとも2種類のセルロースエステルとリターデーション上昇剤とを含有する位相差フィルムであって、前記セルロースエステルが特定の置換度及び置換基を有する2種類のセルロースエステルであり、当該2種類のセルロースエステルを特定の質量比率で含有することを特徴とする位相差フィルムによって、前記課題が解決された位相差フィルムが得られることを見出した。 In order to solve the above-mentioned problems, the present inventor is a retardation film containing at least two types of cellulose esters and a retardation increasing agent in the course of examining the cause of the above-mentioned problems, and the cellulose ester is specified. A retardation film in which the above-mentioned problems are solved by a retardation film characterized by comprising two kinds of cellulose esters having a degree of substitution and a substituent, and containing the two kinds of cellulose esters in a specific mass ratio. It was found that it can be obtained.
 すなわち、本発明に係る上記課題は、以下の手段により解決される。 That is, the above-mentioned problem according to the present invention is solved by the following means.
 1.少なくとも2種類のセルロースエステルとリターデーション上昇剤とを含有する位相差フィルムであって、
 前記2種類のセルロースエステルが、アセチル基置換度が2.40~2.60の範囲内であるセルロースアセテート(樹脂A)と、総アシル基置換度が2.40~2.60の範囲内で、炭素数3~6のアシル基を有するセルロースエステル(樹脂B)であり、かつ当該樹脂Aと樹脂Bとを質量比率で樹脂A:樹脂B=1:9~9:1の範囲内で含有することを特徴とする位相差フィルム。
1. A retardation film containing at least two cellulose esters and a retardation increasing agent,
The two types of cellulose esters are cellulose acetate (resin A) having an acetyl group substitution degree in the range of 2.40 to 2.60, and a total acyl group substitution degree in the range of 2.40 to 2.60. And a cellulose ester (resin B) having an acyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, and containing the resin A and the resin B in a mass ratio of resin A: resin B = 1: 9 to 9: 1 A retardation film characterized by comprising:
 2.前記樹脂Bが、プロピオニル基置換度が0.5~2.2の範囲内であるセルロースアセテートプロピオネート、又はブチリル基置換度が0.5~2.2の範囲内であるセルロースアセテートブチレートであることを特徴とする第1項に記載の位相差フィルム。 2. The resin B is a cellulose acetate propionate having a propionyl group substitution degree in the range of 0.5 to 2.2, or a cellulose acetate butyrate having a butyryl group substitution degree in the range of 0.5 to 2.2. The retardation film as described in item 1, wherein
 3.前記リターデーション上昇剤が、含窒素複素環化合物であり、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、トリアゾール環又はイミダゾール環を有する化合物であることを特徴とする第1項又は第2項に記載の位相差フィルム。 3. The retardation film according to Item 1 or 2, wherein the retardation increasing agent is a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound and is a compound having a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, a triazole ring, or an imidazole ring.
 4.前記含窒素複素環化合物が、下記一般式(3)で表される構造を有する化合物であることを特徴とする第3項に記載の位相差フィルム。 4. 4. The retardation film according to item 3, wherein the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound is a compound having a structure represented by the following general formula (3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
(式中Aはピラゾール環を表す。Ar及びArはそれぞれ芳香族炭化水素環又は芳香族複素環を表し、置換基を有してもよい。Rは水素原子、アルキル基、アシル基、スルホニル基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、又はアリールオキシカルボニル基を表す。qは1又は2を表す。n及びmは1~3の整数を表す。)
 5.膜厚が、10~36μmの範囲内であることを特徴とする第1項から第4項までのいずれか一項に記載の位相差フィルム。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
(In the formula, A represents a pyrazole ring. Ar 1 and Ar 2 each represent an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring and may have a substituent. R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an acyl group. A sulfonyl group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, or an aryloxycarbonyl group, q represents 1 or 2, and n and m represent an integer of 1 to 3.
5. 5. The retardation film according to any one of items 1 to 4, wherein the film thickness is in the range of 10 to 36 μm.
 6.さらに、糖エステル、又はジカルボン酸とジオールを反応させて得られる繰り返し単位を含む重縮合エステルを含有することを特徴とする第1項から第5項までのいずれか一項に記載の位相差フィルム。 6. Furthermore, it contains the polycondensation ester containing the repeating unit obtained by making sugar ester or dicarboxylic acid and diol react, The retardation film as described in any one of 1st term | claim to 5th term | claim characterized by the above-mentioned. .
 7.第1項から第6項までのいずれか一項に記載の位相差フィルムを具備することを特徴とする偏光板。 7. A polarizing plate comprising the retardation film according to any one of items 1 to 6.
 8.第7項に記載の偏光板を具備することを特徴とするVA型液晶表示装置。 8. A VA liquid crystal display device comprising the polarizing plate according to item 7.
 本発明の上記手段により、VA型液晶表示装置に具備されるセルロースエステル系の位相差フィルムであって、薄膜でありかつ高位相差値を有するフィルムであって、さらにケン化処理適性に優れた、セルロースエステルを含有する位相差フィルムを提供することができる。 By the above means of the present invention, a cellulose ester phase difference film provided in a VA liquid crystal display device, which is a thin film and a film having a high phase difference value, and further excellent in saponification suitability, A retardation film containing a cellulose ester can be provided.
 本発明の効果の発現機構ないし作用機構については、明確にはなっていないが、以下のように推察している。 The expression mechanism or action mechanism of the effect of the present invention is not clear, but is presumed as follows.
 TACに比較してより親水性であるDACを単独で用いた位相差フィルムは、薄膜化していくとケン化液の浸透量が増加し、ケン化時に樹脂成分が溶出してケン化液を汚染するという問題があった。また、VA型液晶表示装置の光学補償に必要とされる使用量でリターデーション上昇剤をDACとともにフィルム中に含有させると、リターデーション上昇剤の種類によっては高湿度下での位相差値変動を十分に抑制しきれないことや、また当該リターデーション上昇剤がケン化液中に溶出してケン化液を汚染したり、フィルム表面に析出して異物化したりする問題があった。 Retardation film using DAC, which is more hydrophilic than TAC alone, increases the penetration of the saponification liquid as the film is thinned, and the resin components are eluted during saponification to contaminate the saponification liquid. There was a problem to do. In addition, when a retardation increasing agent is included in the film together with the DAC in the amount used for optical compensation of the VA liquid crystal display device, the retardation value fluctuation under high humidity may be caused depending on the type of the retardation increasing agent. There was a problem that it could not be sufficiently suppressed, and that the retardation increasing agent was eluted in the saponification solution to contaminate the saponification solution, or deposited on the film surface to form foreign matter.
 本発明者は上記問題について検討を重ねた結果、前記高湿度下での位相差値変動やケン化適性の問題は、樹脂としてより親水性であるDACを単独で用いることが要因であるものと考え、樹脂の使用条件を見直したところ、特定のアセチル基置換度を有するDACと、特定のアシル基置換度で、炭素数3~6のアシル基を有するセルロースエステルを組み合わせて用いることで、高湿度下での位相差値変動を小さくし、さらにケン化適性を改善できることを見出した。さらに、セルロースアセテートプロピオネート(本願では、CAPともいう。)やセルロースアセテートブチレート(本願では、CABともいう。)を当該DACと組み合わせて用いることで、さらに高湿度下での位相差値変動を小さくし、ケン化適性をより改善できることを見出した。 As a result of repeated studies on the above problems, the present inventors have found that the problem of phase difference fluctuation and saponification suitability under high humidity is due to the use of a more hydrophilic DAC alone as a resin. As a result of reviewing the use conditions of the resin, a combination of a DAC having a specific degree of acetyl group substitution and a cellulose ester having an acyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms with a specific degree of acyl group substitution, It was found that the fluctuation of the retardation value under humidity can be reduced and the saponification suitability can be improved. Further, by using cellulose acetate propionate (also referred to as CAP in the present application) or cellulose acetate butyrate (also referred to as CAB in the present application) in combination with the DAC, the phase difference variation under high humidity is further increased. It was found that the saponification suitability can be further improved by reducing the saponification value.
 これは、CAPやCABはDACに比較して適度に疎水性であるため、DACと併用することで、高湿度下での水分の出入りを抑制して位相差値変動を小さくでき、さらにフィルムへのケン化液の浸透量を制御してリターデーション上昇剤の溶出を防ぎ、ケン化適性を改善できるものと推察される。 This is because CAP and CAB are moderately hydrophobic compared to DAC, and by using in combination with DAC, it is possible to suppress the movement of moisture under high humidity and reduce phase difference value fluctuations, and further to film It is presumed that the penetration of the saponification solution can be controlled to prevent the elution of the retardation increasing agent and to improve the saponification suitability.
 一方、CAPやCABはTACよりも位相差が発現しやすい樹脂であるが、それぞれDACに比較して位相差発現性や脆性に劣る樹脂であるため、本発明の位相差フィルムのような超薄膜の位相差フィルムへの単独での使用は難しい。 On the other hand, CAP and CAB are resins that are more likely to exhibit retardation than TAC, but are inferior in retardation development and brittleness compared to DAC, respectively, so that they are ultrathin films such as the retardation film of the present invention. It is difficult to use it alone for the retardation film.
 したがって本発明の位相差フィルムは、樹脂として特定の置換度を有するDACと、特定の置換度を有するCAP又はCAB等とを特定量の範囲で組み合わせ、かつリターデーション上昇剤を含有する構成によって、薄膜でありながら脆性の問題もなく、高湿度下での位相差値変動やケン化処理適性に優れた、高位相差値を有する位相差フィルムを得ることができるものと推察される。 Therefore, the retardation film of the present invention combines a DAC having a specific substitution degree as a resin with a specific amount of CAP or CAB in a specific amount range, and contains a retardation increasing agent. Although it is a thin film, it is speculated that a retardation film having a high retardation value can be obtained which is free from brittleness problems and excellent in retardation value fluctuation and saponification suitability under high humidity.
本発明に好ましい溶液流延製膜方法のドープ調製工程、流延工程及び乾燥工程の一例を模式的に示した図The figure which showed typically an example of the dope preparation process, casting process, and drying process of the solution casting film forming method preferable for this invention
 本発明は、少なくとも2種類のセルロースエステルとリターデーション上昇剤とを含有する位相差フィルムであって、前記2種類のセルロースエステルの一方が、特定の置換度を有するセルロースアセテート(樹脂A)であり、他方が特定の置換度を有し、炭素数3~6の範囲内のアシル基を有するセルロースエステル(樹脂B)であり、かつ当該樹脂Aと樹脂Bとを特定の質量比率で含有することを特徴とする。この特徴は、請求項1から請求項8までの請求項に係る発明に共通する技術的特徴である。 The present invention is a retardation film containing at least two types of cellulose esters and a retardation increasing agent, wherein one of the two types of cellulose esters is a cellulose acetate (resin A) having a specific degree of substitution. The other is a cellulose ester (resin B) having a specific substitution degree and having an acyl group in the range of 3 to 6 carbon atoms, and contains the resin A and the resin B in a specific mass ratio. It is characterized by. This feature is a technical feature common to the inventions according to claims 1 to 8.
 前記樹脂Bは、プロピオニル基置換度が0.5~2.2の範囲内であるセルロースアセテートプロピオネートであるか、又はブチリル基置換度が0.5~2.2の範囲であるセルロースアセテートブチレートであることが、フィルムに適度な疎水的性質を付与し、DACとリターデーション上昇剤のケン化液への溶出を抑制し、ケン化処理適性に優れた位相差フィルムを提供する観点から、好ましい。 The resin B is a cellulose acetate propionate having a propionyl group substitution degree in the range of 0.5 to 2.2, or a cellulose acetate having a butyryl group substitution degree in the range of 0.5 to 2.2. From the viewpoint of providing a retardation film excellent in suitability for saponification treatment by imparting appropriate hydrophobic properties to the film, being butyrate, suppressing elution of DAC and retardation increasing agent into the saponification solution ,preferable.
 前記リターデーション上昇剤は、含窒素複素環化合物であり、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、トリアゾール環又はイミダゾール環を有する化合物であることが、DACと組み合わせたときの位相差発現性、及び搬送中の結露などによってフィルムが直接水に晒されるような過酷な高湿度条件下においても優れた位相差値変動耐性を付与する観点から好ましい。中でも当該含窒素複素環化合物が、前記一般式(3)で表される構造を有するピラゾール環を有する化合物であることが、位相差発現性と位相差値変動耐性に優れ、好ましい。 The retardation increasing agent is a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound, and is a compound having a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, a triazole ring or an imidazole ring, and exhibits retardation development when combined with DAC, and dew condensation during transportation. From the viewpoint of imparting excellent retardation value fluctuation resistance even under severe high humidity conditions where the film is directly exposed to water. Among these, the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound is preferably a compound having a pyrazole ring having a structure represented by the general formula (3) because of excellent retardation development and retardation value fluctuation resistance.
 本発明の位相差フィルムの膜厚は、10~36μmの範囲内であることが、十分なフィルム強度及び位相差値を有し、偏光板及び液晶表示装置の薄型化においても、好ましい膜厚である。 The film thickness of the retardation film of the present invention is in the range of 10 to 36 μm, and has a sufficient film strength and retardation value, and is a preferable film thickness even in thinning the polarizing plate and the liquid crystal display device. is there.
 さらに本発明の位相差フィルムは、糖エステル、又はジカルボン酸とジオールを反応させて得られる繰り返し単位を含む重縮合エステルを含有することが、DACとリターデーション上昇剤のケン化液への溶出を抑制し、ケン化処理適性に優れた位相差フィルムを提供する観点から、好ましい。 Further, the retardation film of the present invention contains a polycondensation ester containing a repeating unit obtained by reacting a sugar ester or a dicarboxylic acid with a diol, so that elution of a DAC and a retardation increasing agent into a saponification solution can be achieved. It is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing and providing a retardation film excellent in saponification suitability.
 本発明の位相差フィルムは、薄型の偏光板及び液晶表示装置に好適に具備される。 The retardation film of the present invention is suitably provided for thin polarizing plates and liquid crystal display devices.
 ≪本発明の位相差フィルムの概要≫
 本発明の位相差フィルムは、少なくとも2種類のセルロースエステルとリターデーション上昇剤とを含有する位相差フィルムであって、前記2種類のセルロースエステルが、アセチル基置換度が2.40~2.60の範囲内であるセルロースアセテート(樹脂A)と、総アシル基置換度が2.40~2.60の範囲内で、炭素数3~6のアシル基を有するセルロースエステル(樹脂B)であり、かつ当該樹脂Aと樹脂Bとを質量比率で樹脂A:樹脂B=1:9~9:1の範囲内で含有することを特徴とする。
<< Outline of retardation film of the present invention >>
The retardation film of the present invention is a retardation film containing at least two types of cellulose esters and a retardation increasing agent, and the two types of cellulose esters have a degree of acetyl group substitution of 2.40 to 2.60. Cellulose acetate (resin A) having a total acyl group substitution degree in the range of 2.40 to 2.60 and having an acyl group of 3 to 6 carbon atoms (resin B), The resin A and the resin B are contained in a mass ratio of resin A: resin B = 1: 9 to 9: 1.
 薄膜の位相差フィルムでは、樹脂Aとして位相差発現性の高いジアセチルセルロース(DAC)を単独で用いるとフィルムの親水性が高くなり、高湿度下での水分の出入りやケン化液のフィルムへの浸透が大きくなるため、高湿度下での位相差値変動や樹脂やリターデーション上昇剤のケン化液への溶出が問題となった。本発明では、上記DACに、比較的疎水性である炭素数3~6の範囲内のアシル基を有するセルロースエステルとして、好ましくはセルロースアセテートプロピオネート(CAP)又はセルロースアセテートブチレート(CAB)を特定の比率で含有する位相差フィルムによって、前記親水性を制御して、高湿度下における位相差値変動や、ケン化処理適性を大幅に改善するものである。 In the case of a thin phase difference film, when diacetyl cellulose (DAC) having a high phase difference is used alone as the resin A, the hydrophilicity of the film is increased. Since the permeation increased, there were problems of fluctuations in the retardation value under high humidity and elution of the resin and the retardation increasing agent into the saponification solution. In the present invention, cellulose acetate propionate (CAP) or cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB) is preferably used as the cellulose ester having a relatively hydrophobic acyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms in the DAC. The hydrophilicity is controlled by the retardation film contained at a specific ratio, and the retardation value fluctuation under high humidity and the saponification suitability are greatly improved.
 以下、本発明とその構成要素、及び本発明を実施するための形態・態様について詳細な説明をする。なお、本願において、「~」は、その前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用する。 Hereinafter, the present invention, its components, and modes and modes for carrying out the present invention will be described in detail. In the present application, “˜” is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
 ≪セルロースエステル≫
 〔セルロースアセテート(樹脂A)〕
 本発明に係る樹脂Aは、アセチル基置換度が2.40~2.60の範囲内であるセルロースアセテートである。
≪Cellulose ester≫
[Cellulose acetate (resin A)]
The resin A according to the present invention is a cellulose acetate having an acetyl group substitution degree in the range of 2.40 to 2.60.
 セルロースアセテートのアセチル基置換度が2.40を下回る場合には、樹脂がより親水性になり、水分やケン化液の浸透量が増大して、高湿度下での位相差値変動やケン化適性が劣化する。また、ドープ粘度の上昇によるフィルム面品質の劣化が発生することがある。 When the degree of acetyl group substitution of cellulose acetate is less than 2.40, the resin becomes more hydrophilic and the amount of moisture and saponification solution penetrated increases, causing phase difference fluctuations and saponification under high humidity. The aptitude deteriorates. Further, the film surface quality may be deteriorated due to an increase in the dope viscosity.
 また、アセチル基置換度が2.60より大きい場合は、必要な位相差値が得られ難く、位相差発現のために過度な延伸を行うとヘイズが上昇し透明性が劣化したり、必要な位相差値を得るのに多量のリターデーション上昇剤の添加量が必要となり、析出によってヘイズが上昇したりケン化液への溶出が多くなる。 In addition, when the degree of acetyl group substitution is greater than 2.60, it is difficult to obtain a necessary retardation value, and if excessive stretching is performed for the expression of the retardation, haze is increased and transparency is deteriorated. In order to obtain a retardation value, a large amount of addition of a retardation increasing agent is required, and haze increases due to precipitation, and elution into a saponification solution increases.
 樹脂Aのアシル基の総置換度は、2.45~2.55の範囲内であることがより好ましく、2.45~2.50の範囲内であることがさらに好ましい。 The total substitution degree of the acyl group of the resin A is more preferably in the range of 2.45 to 2.55, and further preferably in the range of 2.45 to 2.50.
 ここで「アセチル基置換度」とは、セルロースエステルにおいて、繰り返し単位のグルコースの2位、3位及び6位について、アセチル基によりヒドロキシ基がエステル化されている割合の合計を表す。具体的には、セルロースの2位、3位及び6位のそれぞれのヒドロキシ基が全て100%エステル化した場合、置換度は最大の3となる。 Here, the “degree of acetyl group substitution” represents the total of the ratios of esterification of hydroxy groups by acetyl groups at the 2nd, 3rd and 6th positions of glucose in the cellulose ester. Specifically, when the hydroxy groups at the 2nd, 3rd and 6th positions of cellulose are all 100% esterified, the degree of substitution is 3 at the maximum.
 したがって、本願において、「アセチル基置換度」とは、セルロースエステルを構成する複数のグルコース単位のアセチル基置換度の総計を、一単位あたりの平均値として表現した置換度をいう。これは後述するプロピオニル基又はブチリル基置換度についても同様である。 Therefore, in the present application, “acetyl group substitution degree” refers to a substitution degree in which the total degree of acetyl group substitution of a plurality of glucose units constituting the cellulose ester is expressed as an average value per unit. The same applies to the degree of substitution of propionyl group or butyryl group described later.
 本発明の位相差フィルムは、アセチル基置換度が2.40~2.60の範囲内にあるセルロースアセテート(樹脂A)と後述する総アシル基置換度が2.40~2.60の範囲内で、炭素数3~6のアシル基を有するセルロースエステル(樹脂B)とを、質量比率で樹脂A:樹脂B=1:9~9:1の範囲内で含有することを特徴とする。 The retardation film of the present invention has a cellulose acetate (resin A) having an acetyl group substitution degree in the range of 2.40 to 2.60 and a total acyl group substitution degree described later in the range of 2.40 to 2.60. The cellulose ester (resin B) having an acyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms is contained in a mass ratio of resin A: resin B = 1: 9 to 9: 1.
 当該質量比率で樹脂Aと樹脂Bを組み合わせて含有させることによって本発明の課題である、DACの親水性を制御して、高湿度下における位相差値変動や、ケン化処理適性を改善し、あわせて樹脂Bの脆性を向上することによって、薄膜フィルムの生産性や顧客でのフィルムの取り扱い性にも優れる位相差フィルムを提供できる。 By containing the resin A and the resin B in combination in the mass ratio, the hydrophilicity of the DAC, which is the subject of the present invention, is controlled to improve the phase difference fluctuation under high humidity and the suitability for saponification treatment, In addition, by improving the brittleness of the resin B, it is possible to provide a retardation film that is excellent in the productivity of a thin film and the handleability of the film by customers.
 また、樹脂Aのアセチル基置換度の範囲と樹脂Bの総アシル基置換度の範囲を合致させることで、樹脂Aと樹脂Bの相溶性を向上し、前記本発明の効果の発現に加えて、輝点異物の発生や、添加剤の析出等を抑制し、薄膜フィルムの生産性を向上する。 Further, by matching the range of the acetyl group substitution degree of the resin A and the range of the total acyl group substitution degree of the resin B, the compatibility of the resin A and the resin B is improved, in addition to the manifestation of the effect of the present invention. In addition, it suppresses generation of bright spot foreign matter, precipitation of additives, and the like, and improves the productivity of thin film.
 上記樹脂Aと樹脂Bの使用比率は、樹脂A:樹脂B=3:7~7:3の範囲内であることが好ましく、樹脂A:樹脂B=4:6~6:4の範囲内であることがより好ましい。当該使用比率の範囲は、位相差フィルムの光学特性、物理特性、及び生産適性の観点から適宜調整されることが好ましい。 The use ratio of the resin A and the resin B is preferably within a range of resin A: resin B = 3: 7 to 7: 3, and within a range of resin A: resin B = 4: 6 to 6: 4. More preferably. The range of the use ratio is preferably adjusted as appropriate from the viewpoints of optical properties, physical properties, and production suitability of the retardation film.
 セルロースアセテートにおけるアセチル基の平均置換度は、ASTM-D817-96に準じて測定して求めることができる。 The average degree of substitution of acetyl groups in cellulose acetate can be determined by measurement according to ASTM-D817-96.
 本発明に係るセルロースアセテートの数平均分子量(Mn)は、125000~155000の範囲内であることが好ましく、更には129000~152000の範囲内であることが好ましい。また、重量平均分子量(Mw)は、265000~310000の範囲内であることが好ましい。数平均分子量(Mn)に対する重量平均分子量(Mw)の比率(Mw/Mn)は、1.4~2.5の範囲内であることが好ましく、1.5~2.0の範囲がさらに好ましい。 The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the cellulose acetate according to the present invention is preferably in the range of 125000 to 155000, and more preferably in the range of 129000 to 152000. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably in the range of 265,000 to 310000. The ratio (Mw / Mn) of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) to the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably in the range of 1.4 to 2.5, more preferably in the range of 1.5 to 2.0. .
 本発明では2種以上の、例えば置換度や分子量の異なる複数のセルロースアセテートを混合して用いることもできる。 In the present invention, a mixture of two or more cellulose acetates having different degrees of substitution and molecular weights may be used.
 セルロースアセテートの重量平均分子量Mw、数平均分子量Mnは、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)を用いて測定できる。 The weight average molecular weight Mw and the number average molecular weight Mn of cellulose acetate can be measured using gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
 測定条件は以下のとおりである。 The measurement conditions are as follows.
 溶媒:   メチレンクロライド
 カラム:  Shodex K806、K805、K803G(昭和電工(株)製を3本接続して使用した)
 カラム温度:25℃
 試料濃度: 0.1質量%
 検出器:  RI Model 504(GLサイエンス社製)
 ポンプ:  L6000(日立製作所(株)製)
 流量:   1.0ml/min
 校正曲線: 標準ポリスチレンSTK standard ポリスチレン(東ソー(株)製)Mw=500~1000000の13サンプルによる校正曲線を使用した。13サンプルは、ほぼ等間隔に用いる。
Solvent: Methylene chloride Column: Shodex K806, K805, K803G (Used by connecting three Showa Denko Co., Ltd.)
Column temperature: 25 ° C
Sample concentration: 0.1% by mass
Detector: RI Model 504 (manufactured by GL Sciences)
Pump: L6000 (manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.)
Flow rate: 1.0ml / min
Calibration curve: Standard polystyrene STK standard polystyrene (manufactured by Tosoh Corp.) Mw = 500 to 1,000,000 13 calibration curves were used. Thirteen samples are used at approximately equal intervals.
 本発明に係るセルロースアセテートは、慣用の方法、例えば、硫酸触媒法、酢酸法、メチレンクロライド法などの方法で製造でき、原材料は特に限定はないが、綿花リンター、木材パルプ(針葉樹由来、広葉樹由来)、ケナフ等を挙げることができる。またそれらから得られたセルロースアセテートはそれぞれ任意の割合で混合使用することができる。また、本発明に係るセルロースアセテートは、例えば、特開平10-45804号、特開2005-281645号に記載の方法を参考にして合成することができる。 The cellulose acetate according to the present invention can be produced by a conventional method such as a sulfuric acid catalyst method, an acetic acid method, a methylene chloride method, and the raw materials are not particularly limited, but cotton linter, wood pulp (derived from coniferous trees, derived from broadleaf trees) ), Kenaf and the like. Moreover, the cellulose acetate obtained from them can be mixed and used in arbitrary ratios, respectively. The cellulose acetate according to the present invention can be synthesized with reference to the methods described in JP-A Nos. 10-45804 and 2005-281645, for example.
 本発明に係るセルロースアセテート(セルロースジアセテート)の市販品としては、(株)ダイセル製のL20、L30、L40、L50、イーストマンケミカルジャパン(株)製のCa398-3、Ca398-6、Ca398-10、Ca398-30、Ca394-60Sが挙げられる。 Commercially available products of cellulose acetate (cellulose diacetate) according to the present invention include L20, L30, L40, and L50 manufactured by Daicel Corporation, Ca398-3, Ca398-6, and Ca398- manufactured by Eastman Chemical Japan Co., Ltd. 10, Ca398-30, Ca394-60S.
 〔セルロースエステル(樹脂B)〕
 本発明の位相差フィルムは、樹脂Bとして、総アシル基置換度が2.40~2.60の範囲内で、炭素数3~6のアシル基を有するセルロースエステルを含有する。
[Cellulose ester (resin B)]
The retardation film of the present invention contains, as the resin B, a cellulose ester having an acyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms and a total acyl group substitution degree in the range of 2.40 to 2.60.
 アシル基の炭素数が大きいとフィルムの疎水性が向上し、高湿度下における位相差変動やケン化処理適性が向上する一方、アシル基の炭素数が大きいほど耐脆性が低下しやすいため、炭素数が3~6の範囲内にあるアシル基を有するセルロースエステルであることが、本発明の位相差フィルムとして必要である。中でも、炭素数が3又は4であるアシル基を有するセルロースエステルであることが、DACの親水性を制御して、高湿度下における位相差値変動や、ケン化処理適性を改善し、あわせて脆性を調整することによって、薄膜フィルムの生産性や顧客でのフィルムの取り扱い性にも優れる位相差フィルムを提供でき、好ましい。 When the carbon number of the acyl group is large, the hydrophobicity of the film is improved and the phase difference fluctuation and saponification suitability at high humidity are improved. On the other hand, the larger the carbon number of the acyl group, the more easily the brittleness resistance is lowered. It is necessary for the retardation film of the present invention to be a cellulose ester having an acyl group having a number in the range of 3-6. Among them, the cellulose ester having an acyl group having 3 or 4 carbon atoms controls the hydrophilicity of the DAC, improves the phase difference value fluctuation under high humidity and the suitability for saponification treatment. By adjusting the brittleness, it is possible to provide a retardation film that is excellent in the productivity of a thin film and the handleability of the film by a customer, which is preferable.
 本発明に係る樹脂Bであるセルロースエステルは、セルロースと、炭素数2~22程度の脂肪族カルボン酸又は芳香族カルボン酸の少なくとも一方とをエステル化反応させて得られた化合物である。 The cellulose ester as the resin B according to the present invention is a compound obtained by esterifying cellulose and at least one of an aliphatic carboxylic acid or an aromatic carboxylic acid having about 2 to 22 carbon atoms.
 炭素数が3~6の範囲内にあるアシル基を有するセルロースエステルの具体例としては、セルロースプロピオネート、セルロースブチレート、セルロースアセテートプロピオネート、セルロースアセテートブチレート、セルロースアセテートプロピオネートブチレート等が挙げられる。セルロースエステルに含まれ得るブチリル基は、直鎖状であっても分岐状であってもよい。 Specific examples of the cellulose ester having an acyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms include cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, and cellulose acetate propionate butyrate. Etc. The butyryl group that can be contained in the cellulose ester may be linear or branched.
 中でも、樹脂Bがセルロースアセテートプロピオネート又はセルロースアセテートブチレートであるセルロース混合脂肪酸エステルであることが、DACとの相溶性に優れ、高湿度下における位相差値変動やケン化処理適性の改善に加えて、脆性や生産適性の観点から好ましい。 Among them, the cellulose mixed fatty acid ester in which the resin B is cellulose acetate propionate or cellulose acetate butyrate is excellent in compatibility with DAC, for improving the retardation value fluctuation and saponification suitability under high humidity. In addition, it is preferable from the viewpoints of brittleness and production suitability.
 本発明の位相差フィルムは、炭素数が3~6の範囲内にあるアシル基を有するセルロースエステルを複数種混合して使用してもよい。 The retardation film of the present invention may be used by mixing a plurality of cellulose esters having an acyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms.
 樹脂Bであるセルロースエステルのアシル基の総置換度は、2.40~2.60の範囲内である。アシル基の総置換度は、位相差発現性を高める観点から、小さい方が好ましい。一方で置換度が小さくなるほど、樹脂Bの親水性が強くなるため、DACを単独で用いた際の問題が樹脂Bを組み合わせて使用した場合にも発生しやすくなるため、上記範囲内であることが必要である。 The total substitution degree of the acyl group of the cellulose ester as the resin B is in the range of 2.40 to 2.60. The total substitution degree of the acyl group is preferably smaller from the viewpoint of enhancing the retardation development. On the other hand, the smaller the degree of substitution, the stronger the hydrophilicity of the resin B. Therefore, the problem when the DAC is used alone is likely to occur even when the resin B is used in combination. is required.
 また、樹脂Aと樹脂Bのアシル基の総置換度が離れると相溶性が劣化するため、樹脂の析出やリターデーション上昇剤等が凝集しやすくなる。したがって、樹脂Bのアシル基の総置換度は、樹脂Aと同様に2.45~2.55の範囲内であることがより好ましく、2.45~2.50の範囲内であることがさらに好ましい。 In addition, since the compatibility deteriorates when the total substitution degree of the acyl groups of the resin A and the resin B is separated, the precipitation of the resin, the retardation increasing agent, and the like easily aggregate. Therefore, the total substitution degree of the acyl group of the resin B is more preferably in the range of 2.45 to 2.55, similarly to the resin A, and further preferably in the range of 2.45 to 2.50. preferable.
 本発明に係る樹脂Bは、プロピオニル基置換度が0.5~2.2の範囲内であるセルロースアセテートプロピオネート、又はブチリル基置換度が0.5~2.2の範囲内であるセルロースアセテートブチレートであることが、DACである樹脂Aとの相溶性が高く、脆性及びケン化適性の観点から好ましい。プロピオニル基置換度及びブチリル基置換度とも、0.8~1.9の範囲内であることが好ましい。 Resin B according to the present invention includes cellulose acetate propionate having a propionyl group substitution degree in the range of 0.5 to 2.2, or cellulose having a butyryl group substitution degree in the range of 0.5 to 2.2. Acetate butyrate is preferred from the viewpoint of brittleness and saponification suitability because of its high compatibility with resin A, which is DAC. Both the propionyl group substitution degree and the butyryl group substitution degree are preferably within the range of 0.8 to 1.9.
 本発明に係るセルロースエステルのアシル基の置換度は、ASTM-D817-96に規定の方法で測定することができる。 The substitution degree of the acyl group of the cellulose ester according to the present invention can be measured by a method prescribed in ASTM-D817-96.
 セルロースエステルの数平均分子量(Mn)は、得られたフィルムの機械的強度を高めるため、6×10~3×10の範囲内であることが好ましく、7×10~2×10の範囲内であることがより好ましい。 The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the cellulose ester is preferably in the range of 6 × 10 4 to 3 × 10 5 in order to increase the mechanical strength of the obtained film, and 7 × 10 4 to 2 × 10 5. It is more preferable to be within the range.
 セルロースエステルの重量平均分子量Mw、数平均分子量Mnは、前記ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)を用いて測定される。 The weight average molecular weight Mw and the number average molecular weight Mn of the cellulose ester are measured using the gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
 本発明に係るセルロースエステル中の残留硫酸の含有量は、硫黄元素換算で0.1~45.0質量ppmの範囲内であることが好ましく、1~30質量ppmの範囲内であることがより好ましい。硫酸は、塩の状態でフィルムに残留していると考えられる。残留硫酸の含有量が45.0質量ppm以内であれば、フィルムの熱延伸時又は熱延伸後の裁断時に破断しにくくなる。 The content of residual sulfuric acid in the cellulose ester according to the present invention is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 45.0 mass ppm in terms of elemental sulfur, and more preferably in the range of 1 to 30 mass ppm. preferable. Sulfuric acid is considered to remain in the film in a salt state. If the content of residual sulfuric acid is within 45.0 ppm by mass, it will be difficult to break during the heat stretching of the film or during the cutting after the heat stretching.
 残留硫酸の含有量は、ASTM D817-96に規定の方法により測定することができる。 The content of residual sulfuric acid can be measured by the method prescribed in ASTM D817-96.
 セルロースエステル中の遊離酸の含有量は、1~500質量ppmの範囲内であることが好ましく、1~100質量ppmであることがより好ましく、1~70質量ppmの範囲内であることがさらに好ましい。遊離酸の含有量が上記範囲であると、前述と同様に、フィルムの熱延伸時又は熱延伸後の裁断時に破断しにくい。 The content of free acid in the cellulose ester is preferably in the range of 1 to 500 ppm by mass, more preferably 1 to 100 ppm by mass, and further preferably in the range of 1 to 70 ppm by mass. preferable. When the content of the free acid is within the above range, as described above, the film is not easily broken during the heat stretching of the film or during the cutting after the heat stretching.
 遊離酸の含有量はASTM D817-96に規定の方法により測定することができる。 The free acid content can be measured by the method prescribed in ASTM D817-96.
 セルロースエステルは、微量の金属成分を含有することがある。微量の金属成分は、セルロースエステルの合成工程で用いられる水に由来すると考えられる。これらの金属成分のように、不溶性の核となり得るような成分の含有量はできるだけ少ないことが好ましい。特に鉄、カルシウム、マグネシウム等の金属イオンは、有機の酸性基を含んでいる可能性のある樹脂分解物等と塩形成して不溶物を形成する場合がある。また、カルシウム(Ca)成分は、カルボン酸やスルホン酸等の酸性成分と、また多くの配位子と配位化合物(すなわち、錯体)を形成しやすく、多くの不溶なカルシウムに由来するスカム(不溶性の澱、濁り)を形成する場合がある。 Cellulose ester may contain a trace amount of metal components. It is thought that a trace amount metal component originates in the water used in the cellulose ester synthesis process. Like these metal components, the content of components that can become insoluble nuclei is preferably as small as possible. In particular, metal ions such as iron, calcium, and magnesium may form an insoluble matter by forming a salt with a resin decomposition product or the like that may contain an organic acidic group. In addition, the calcium (Ca) component easily forms a coordination compound (that is, a complex) with an acidic component such as a carboxylic acid or a sulfonic acid, and many ligands. May form insoluble starch, turbidity).
 具体的には、セルロースエステル中の鉄(Fe)成分の含有量は、1質量ppm以下であることが好ましい。また、セルロースエステル中のカルシウム(Ca)成分の含有量は、好ましくは60質量ppm以下であり、より好ましくは0~30質量ppmの範囲内である。セルロースエステル中のマグネシウム(Mg)成分の含有量は、0~70質量ppmの範囲内であることが好ましく、特に0~20質量ppmの範囲内であることが好ましい。 Specifically, the content of the iron (Fe) component in the cellulose ester is preferably 1 mass ppm or less. The content of the calcium (Ca) component in the cellulose ester is preferably 60 ppm by mass or less, and more preferably in the range of 0 to 30 ppm by mass. The content of the magnesium (Mg) component in the cellulose ester is preferably in the range of 0 to 70 ppm by mass, and particularly preferably in the range of 0 to 20 ppm by mass.
 鉄(Fe)成分、カルシウム(Ca)成分、マグネシウム(Mg)成分等の金属成分の含有量は、絶乾したセルロースエステルをマイクロダイジェスト湿式分解装置(硫硝酸分解)で処理するか、アルカリ溶融して前処理を行った後、ICP-AES(誘導結合プラズマ発光分光分析装置)を用いて測定することができる。 The content of metal components such as iron (Fe) component, calcium (Ca) component, magnesium (Mg) component, etc. can be either by treating the completely dried cellulose ester with a micro digest wet cracking device (sulfuric acid decomposition) or by alkali melting. After the pretreatment, the measurement can be performed using ICP-AES (Inductively Coupled Plasma Atomic Emission Spectrometer).
 残留アルカリ土類金属、残留硫酸及び残留酸の含有量は、合成して得られたセルロースエステルを、十分に洗浄することによって調整することができる。 The contents of residual alkaline earth metal, residual sulfuric acid and residual acid can be adjusted by thoroughly washing the cellulose ester obtained by synthesis.
 本発明に係るセルロースエステルは、公知の方法により製造することができる。一般的には、原料のセルロースと、脂肪族カルボン酸又は芳香族カルボン酸とに、無水カルボン酸、触媒(硫酸等)等を混合して、セルロースをエステル化する。原料のセルロースは特に限定されず、綿花リンター、木材パルプ、ケナフ等であり得る。原料の異なるセルロースエステルを混合して用いてもよい。エステル化の反応は、セルロースのトリエステルができるまで進める。トリエステルにおいてはグルコース単位の3個のヒドロキシ基は、脂肪族カルボン酸又は芳香族カルボン酸のアシル酸で置換されている。同時に2種類の脂肪族カルボン酸又は芳香族カルボン酸を使用すると、混合型のセルロースエステル、例えばセルロースアセテートプロピオネートやセルロースアセテートブチレートを作製することができる。次いで、セルロースのトリエステルを加水分解することで、所望のアシル基置換度を有するセルロースエステルを合成する。その後、濾過、沈殿、水洗、脱水、乾燥等の工程を経て、セルロースエステルを得る。 The cellulose ester according to the present invention can be produced by a known method. Generally, cellulose is esterified by mixing raw material cellulose, aliphatic carboxylic acid or aromatic carboxylic acid with carboxylic anhydride, catalyst (sulfuric acid, etc.) and the like. The raw material cellulose is not particularly limited, and may be cotton linter, wood pulp, kenaf or the like. You may mix and use the cellulose ester from which a raw material differs. The esterification reaction proceeds until a cellulose triester is formed. In the triester, the three hydroxy groups of the glucose unit are substituted with an acyl acid of an aliphatic or aromatic carboxylic acid. When two types of aliphatic carboxylic acids or aromatic carboxylic acids are used at the same time, mixed cellulose esters such as cellulose acetate propionate and cellulose acetate butyrate can be produced. Next, a cellulose ester having a desired acyl group substitution degree is synthesized by hydrolyzing the cellulose triester. Thereafter, a cellulose ester is obtained through steps such as filtration, precipitation, washing with water, dehydration, and drying.
 具体的には、特開平10-45804号公報に記載の方法を参考にして合成することができる。 Specifically, it can be synthesized with reference to the method described in JP-A-10-45804.
 本発明の位相差フィルムは、セルロースアセテートである樹脂A及び炭素数が3~6の範囲内にあるアシル基を有する樹脂Bであるセルロースエステルに、他の樹脂を本発明の効果を阻害しない範囲で併用してもよい。 The retardation film of the present invention is a range in which the resin A is cellulose acetate and the cellulose ester is a resin B having an acyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, and other resins do not inhibit the effects of the present invention. You may use together.
 他の樹脂としては、上述したセルロースエステル以外のセルロース誘導体(例えば、セルロースエステル系樹脂、セルロースエーテル系樹脂等)、ポリカーボネート系樹脂、ポリスチレン系樹脂、ポリスルホン系樹脂、ポリエステル系樹脂、ポリアリレート系樹脂、(メタ)アクリル系樹脂、オレフィン系樹脂(例えば、ノルボルネン系樹脂、環状オレフィン系樹脂、環状共役ジエン系樹脂、ビニル脂環式炭化水素系樹脂)等が挙げられる。なかでも、セルロース誘導体、(メタ)アクリル系樹脂、ポリカーボネート系樹脂又は環状オレフィン系樹脂が好ましい。 As other resins, cellulose derivatives other than the above-described cellulose esters (for example, cellulose ester resins, cellulose ether resins, etc.), polycarbonate resins, polystyrene resins, polysulfone resins, polyester resins, polyarylate resins, (Meth) acrylic resins, olefin resins (for example, norbornene resins, cyclic olefin resins, cyclic conjugated diene resins, vinyl alicyclic hydrocarbon resins) and the like. Of these, cellulose derivatives, (meth) acrylic resins, polycarbonate resins, and cyclic olefin resins are preferable.
 例えば、セルロース誘導体は、セルロースを原料とする化合物(セルロース骨格を有する化合物)であり、セルロース誘導体の例には、セルロースエーテル(例えば、メチルセルロース、エチルセルロース、ヒドロキシエチルセルロース、ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース、シアノエチルセルロース等)、セルロースエーテルエステル(例えば、アセチルメチルセルロース、アセチルエチルセルロース、アセチルヒドロキシエチルセルロース、ベンゾイルヒドロキシプロピルセルロース等)、セルロースカーボネート(例えば、セルロースエチルカーボネート等)、セルロースカルバメート(例えば、セルロースフェニルカルバメート等)等が含まれる。 For example, the cellulose derivative is a compound using cellulose as a raw material (compound having a cellulose skeleton). Examples of the cellulose derivative include cellulose ethers (for example, methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, cyanoethyl cellulose, etc.), Cellulose ether esters (for example, acetyl methyl cellulose, acetyl ethyl cellulose, acetyl hydroxyethyl cellulose, benzoyl hydroxypropyl cellulose and the like), cellulose carbonate (for example, cellulose ethyl carbonate and the like), cellulose carbamate (for example, cellulose phenyl carbamate and the like) and the like are included.
 ≪リターデーション上昇剤≫
 本願でいうリターデーション上昇剤とは、セルロースエステル100質量部に対して当該化合物を3質量部含有した位相差フィルムの厚さ方向の位相差値Rth(波長590nm測定)が、未添加の位相差フィルムと比べて1.1倍以上の値を示す機能を有する化合物をいう。
≪Retardation raising agent≫
The retardation increasing agent as used herein refers to a retardation value Rth (wavelength 590 nm measurement) in a thickness direction of a retardation film containing 3 parts by mass of the compound with respect to 100 parts by mass of a cellulose ester, and an unadded retardation. The compound which has a function which shows a value 1.1 times or more compared with a film.
 本発明に係るリターデーション上昇剤は、特に制限されるものではなく、例えば従来よく知られている、特開2006-113239号公報段落〔0143〕~〔0179〕に記載の芳香族環を有する円盤状化合物(1,3,5-トリアジン系化合物等)、特開2006-113239号公報段落〔0106〕~〔0112〕記載の棒状化合物、特開2012-214682号公報段落〔0118〕~〔0133〕記載のピリミジン系化合物、特開2011-140637号公報段落〔0022〕~〔0028〕記載のエポキシエステル化合物等、国際公開2012/014571号段落〔0044〕~〔0058〕記載のポリエステル化合物等を用いることができる。 The retardation increasing agent according to the present invention is not particularly limited. For example, a well-known disk having an aromatic ring described in paragraphs [0143] to [0179] of JP-A-2006-113239. -Like compounds (1,3,5-triazine compounds, etc.), rod-like compounds described in paragraphs [0106] to [0112] of JP-A-2006-113239, paragraphs [0118] to [0133] of JP-A-2012-214682 Pyrimidine compounds described in JP-A-2011-140637, epoxy ester compounds described in paragraphs [0022] to [0028], polyester compounds described in paragraphs [0044] to [0058] of international publication 2012/014571, etc. Can do.
 本発明に係るリターデーション上昇剤に求められる特性としては、樹脂であるDAC、CAP又はCABとの相溶性に優れること、フィルムを薄膜化したときに位相差発現性に優れること、また耐析出性に優れること、高湿度下において水分の出入りに伴う位相差値変動耐性に優れることなどが挙げられるが、このような観点から下記含窒素複素環化合物をリターデーション上昇剤として用いることが好ましい。 The properties required for the retardation increasing agent according to the present invention are excellent in compatibility with the resin DAC, CAP or CAB, excellent in retardation expression when the film is thinned, and precipitation resistance. The following nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound is preferably used as a retardation increasing agent from such a viewpoint.
 〔含窒素複素環化合物〕
 本発明に係るリターデーション上昇剤は、下記一般式(1)で表される構造を有する含窒素複素環化合物であることが好ましい。
[Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds]
The retardation increasing agent according to the present invention is preferably a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound having a structure represented by the following general formula (1).
 当該含窒素複素環化合物は、セルロースエステルとのCH/π相互作用によって、セルロースエステルの水素結合性を制御し、一つの化合物で位相差上昇剤と波長分散調整剤の両方の機能を併せ持つ特徴を有しており、かつセルロースエステルと組み合わせたときの相溶性に優れ、製造過程における微少異物や析出物の発生が少ない。例えば、1,3,5-トリアジン系位相差上昇剤などは、CH/π相互作用が弱いために、相溶性にやや劣り異物等が発生しやすく、またケン化液への溶出性が大きい傾向にある。 The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound is characterized by controlling the hydrogen bonding property of cellulose ester by CH / π interaction with cellulose ester and having both functions of a phase difference increasing agent and a wavelength dispersion adjusting agent with one compound. It has excellent compatibility when combined with a cellulose ester, and there is little generation of fine foreign matters and precipitates during the production process. For example, 1,3,5-triazine-based phase difference increasing agents tend to be slightly inferior in compatibility and easily generate foreign matter, etc. due to weak CH / π interaction, and have a high elution property in a saponification solution. It is in.
 CH/π相互作用とは、セルロースエステルのような水素結合供与性部位(例えば、ヒドロキシ基の水素原子)や水素結合受容性部位(例えば、エステル基のカルボニル酸素原子)と添加剤の相溶性に関わるものであり、樹脂の主鎖又は側鎖に存在する水素結合性部位と、添加剤の芳香族化合物のπ電子との間の結合相互作用である。このCH/π相互作用によって、上記相溶性に優れるものである。 CH / π interaction refers to the compatibility of hydrogen bond donating sites such as cellulose esters (for example, hydrogen atoms of hydroxy groups) and hydrogen bond accepting sites (for example, carbonyl oxygen atoms of ester groups) with additives. It is a bond interaction between the hydrogen bonding site present in the main chain or side chain of the resin and the π electrons of the additive aromatic compound. Due to this CH / π interaction, the compatibility is excellent.
 樹脂の水素結合性部位(セルロースエステルのCH)と添加剤のπを用いてCH/π相互作用を形成する場合、当然、添加剤のπ性は強い方がよい。このπ性の強さを端的に表す例としてNICS(nucleus-independent chemical shift)値という指標がある。 When forming the CH / π interaction using the hydrogen bonding site of the resin (CH of cellulose ester) and π of the additive, it is naturally better that the π property of the additive is stronger. There is an index called NICS (nucleus-independent chemical shift) value as an example that directly represents the strength of the π property.
 このNICS値は、磁気的性質による芳香族性の定量化に用いられる指標であり、環が芳香族であれば、その環電流効果によって環の中心が強く遮蔽化され、反芳香族なら逆に反遮蔽化される(J.Am.Chem.Soc.1996、118、6317)。NICS値の大小により、環電流の強さ、つまり環の芳香族性へのπ電子の寄与度を判断することができる。具体的には、環内部中心に直接配置した仮想リチウムイオンの化学シフト(計算値)を表し、この値が負に大きいほどπ性が強い。 This NICS value is an index used for quantification of aromaticity by magnetic properties. If the ring is aromatic, the ring current effect strongly shields the center of the ring, and conversely if it is antiaromatic. Anti-shielding (J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1996, 118, 6317). Depending on the magnitude of the NICS value, it is possible to determine the strength of the ring current, that is, the degree of contribution of π electrons to the aromaticity of the ring. Specifically, it represents the chemical shift (calculated value) of a virtual lithium ion arranged directly in the center of the ring, and the larger the value, the stronger the π property.
 NICS値の測定値に関していくつか報告されている。例えば、Canadian Journal of Chemistry.,2004,82,50-69(文献A)やThe Journal of Organic Chemistry.,2000,67,1333-1338(文献B)に測定値が報告されている。 Some reports have been made on the measured NICS values. For example, Canadian Journal of Chemistry. , 2004, 82, 50-69 (Reference A) and The Journal of Organic Chemistry. , 2000, 67, 1333-1338 (Document B).
 具体的には、ベンゼン環(-7.98)やナフタレン環(-8.11)のような芳香族炭化水素よりも、ピロール環(-14.87)、チオフェン環(-14.09)フラン環(-12.42)、ピラゾール環(-13.82)、又はイミダゾール環(-13.28)などの5員の芳香族複素環、トリアゾール環(-13.18)、オキサジアゾール環(-12.44)又はチアゾール環(-12.82)などの6員の芳香族炭化水素環の方が、NICS値が大きくなり、このような芳香族5員環、又は芳香族6員環を有する化合物を用いることで、CH/π相互作用を強めることができるものと予測される(括弧内はNICS値を示す。)。中でも、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、トリアゾール環又はイミダゾール環はセルロースエステルとの相溶性に優れ好ましい。 Specifically, a pyrrole ring (-14.87), a thiophene ring (-14.09) furan rather than an aromatic hydrocarbon such as a benzene ring (-7.98) or a naphthalene ring (-8.11). 5-membered aromatic heterocycles such as ring (-12.42), pyrazole ring (-13.82), or imidazole ring (-13.28), triazole ring (-13.18), oxadiazole ring ( 6-12 membered aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as -12.44) or thiazole ring (-12.82) have larger NICS values, and such aromatic 5-membered rings or aromatic 6-membered rings It is predicted that the CH / π interaction can be strengthened by using the compound having the above (the NICS value is shown in parentheses). Among these, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, a triazole ring or an imidazole ring is preferable because of excellent compatibility with a cellulose ester.
 本発明に係る含窒素複素環化合物は、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、トリアゾール環、又はイミダゾール環を有する含窒素複素環化合物であることが好ましく、下記一般式(1)で表される構造を有する含窒素複素環化合物のうち、前記特定環構造を有する含窒素複素環化合物であることが好ましい。下記一般式(1)で表される構造を有する化合物はセルロースアセテートとともに用いることにより、偏光板を液晶表示装置に用いたとき、環境の湿度変動によるリターデーションの変動の発生を抑え、コントラスト低下や色ムラの発生を抑制することができる。さらに、含窒素複素環化合物の種類と添加量を適宜調整することによって、順波長分散性を示す位相差上昇剤として機能する。 The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound according to the present invention is preferably a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound having a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, a triazole ring, or an imidazole ring, and has a structure represented by the following general formula (1). Of the nitrogen heterocyclic compounds, nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds having the specific ring structure are preferred. The compound having the structure represented by the following general formula (1) is used together with cellulose acetate, so that when a polarizing plate is used in a liquid crystal display device, the occurrence of retardation fluctuation due to environmental humidity fluctuation is suppressed, and contrast reduction or Occurrence of color unevenness can be suppressed. Furthermore, it functions as a phase difference increasing agent showing forward wavelength dispersibility by appropriately adjusting the type and addition amount of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound.
 分子量は100~800の範囲内であることが、流延ベルトとの親和性を制御する観点から好ましい範囲であり、250~450の範囲内であることがより好ましい。 The molecular weight is preferably in the range of 100 to 800, from the viewpoint of controlling the affinity with the casting belt, and more preferably in the range of 250 to 450.
 〈一般式(1)で表される構造を有する化合物〉
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
<Compound having the structure represented by the general formula (1)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 前記一般式(1)において、A、A及びBは、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基(メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、tert-ブチル基、n-オクチル基、2-エチヘキシル基等)、シクロアルキル基(シクロヘキシル基、シクロペンチル基、4-n-ドデシルシクロヘキシル基等)、芳香族炭化水素環又は芳香族複素環を表す。この中で、芳香族炭化水素環又は芳香族複素環が好ましく、特に、5員若しくは6員の芳香族炭化水素環又は芳香族複素環であることが好ましい。 In the general formula (1), A 1 , A 2 and B are each independently an alkyl group (methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, tert-butyl group, n-octyl group, 2- An ethenyl group), a cycloalkyl group (cyclohexyl group, cyclopentyl group, 4-n-dodecylcyclohexyl group, etc.), an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle. Among these, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle is preferable, and a 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle is particularly preferable.
 5員若しくは6員の芳香族炭化水素環又は芳香族複素環の構造に制限はないが、例えば、ベンゼン環、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、イミダゾール環、1,2,3-トリアゾール環、1,2,4-トリアゾール環、テトラゾール環、フラン環、オキサゾール環、イソオキサゾール環、オキサジアゾール環、イソオキサジアゾール環、チオフェン環、チアゾール環、イソチアゾール環、チアジアゾール環、イソチアジアゾール環等が挙げられる。 The structure of the 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic heterocyclic ring is not limited, but for example, benzene ring, pyrrole ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, 1,2,3-triazole ring, 1,2 , 4-triazole ring, tetrazole ring, furan ring, oxazole ring, isoxazole ring, oxadiazole ring, isoxadiazole ring, thiophene ring, thiazole ring, isothiazole ring, thiadiazole ring, isothiadiazole ring, etc. .
 A、A及びBで表される5員若しくは6員の芳香族炭化水素環又は芳香族複素環は、置換基を有していてもよく、当該置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子(フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等)、アルキル基(メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、tert-ブチル基、n-オクチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基等)、シクロアルキル基(シクロヘキシル基、シクロペンチル基、4-n-ドデシルシクロヘキシル基等)、アルケニル基(ビニル基、アリル基等)、シクロアルケニル基(2-シクロペンテン-1-イル、2-シクロヘキセン-1-イル基等)、アルキニル基(エチニル基、プロパルギル基等)、芳香族炭化水素環基(フェニル基、p-トリル基、ナフチル基等)、芳香族複素環基(2-ピロール基、2-フリル基、2-チエニル基、ピロール基、イミダゾリル基、オキサゾリル基、チアゾリル基、ベンゾイミダゾリル基、ベンゾオキサゾリル基、2-ベンゾチアゾリル基、ピラゾリノン基、ピリジル基、ピリジノン基、2-ピリミジニル基、トリアジン基、ピラゾール基、1,2,3-トリアゾール基、1,2,4-トリアゾール基、オキサゾール基、イソオキサゾール基、1,2,4-オキサジアゾール基、1,3,4-オキサジアゾール基、チアゾール基、イソチアゾール基、1,2,4-チオジアゾール基、1,3,4-チアジアゾール基等)、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、ニトロ基、カルボキシ基、アルコキシ基(メトキシ基、エトキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、tert-ブトキシ基、n-オクチルオキシ基、2-メトキシエトキシ基等)、アリールオキシ基(フェノキシ基、2-メチルフェノキシ基、4-tert-ブチルフェノキシ基、3-ニトロフェノキシ基、2-テトラデカノイルアミノフェノキシ基等)、アシルオキシ基(ホルミルオキシ基、アセチルオキシ基、ピバロイルオキシ基、ステアロイルオキシ基、ベンゾイルオキシ基、p-メトキシフェニルカルボニルオキシ基等)、アミノ基(アミノ基、メチルアミノ基、ジメチルアミノ基、アニリノ基、N-メチル-アニリノ基、ジフェニルアミノ基等)、アシルアミノ基(ホルミルアミノ基、アセチルアミノ基、ピバロイルアミノ基、ラウロイルアミノ基、ベンゾイルアミノ基等)、アルキル及びアリールスルホニルアミノ基(メチルスルホニルアミノ基、ブチルスルホニルアミノ基、フェニルスルホニルアミノ基、2,3,5-トリクロロフェニルスルホニルアミノ基、p-メチルフェニルスルホニルアミノ基等)、メルカプト基、アルキルチオ基(メチルチオ基、エチルチオ基、n-ヘキサデシルチオ基等)、アリールチオ基(フェニルチオ基、p-クロロフェニルチオ基、m-メトキシフェニルチオ基等)、スルファモイル基(N-エチルスルファモイル基、N-(3-ドデシルオキシプロピル)スルファモイル基、N,N-ジメチルスルファモイル基、N-アセチルスルファモイル基、N-ベンゾイルスルファモイル基、N-(N´-フェニルカルバモイル)スルファモイル基等)、スルホ基、アシル基(アセチル基、ピバロイルベンゾイル基等)、カルバモイル基(カルバモイル基、N-メチルカルバモイル基、N,N-ジメチルカルバモイル基、N,N-ジ-n-オクチルカルバモイル基、N-(メチルスルホニル)カルバモイル基等)等の各基が挙げられる。 The 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic heterocyclic ring represented by A 1 , A 2 and B may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom ( Fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, etc.), alkyl group (methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, tert-butyl group, n-octyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, etc.), cycloalkyl Groups (cyclohexyl group, cyclopentyl group, 4-n-dodecylcyclohexyl group, etc.), alkenyl groups (vinyl group, allyl group, etc.), cycloalkenyl groups (2-cyclopenten-1-yl, 2-cyclohexen-1-yl group, etc.) ), Alkynyl groups (ethynyl group, propargyl group, etc.), aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups (phenyl group, p-tolyl group, naphthyl group, etc.), aromatic heterocyclic groups (2 Pyrrole group, 2-furyl group, 2-thienyl group, pyrrole group, imidazolyl group, oxazolyl group, thiazolyl group, benzimidazolyl group, benzoxazolyl group, 2-benzothiazolyl group, pyrazolinone group, pyridinyl group, pyridinone group, 2- Pyrimidinyl group, triazine group, pyrazole group, 1,2,3-triazole group, 1,2,4-triazole group, oxazole group, isoxazole group, 1,2,4-oxadiazole group, 1,3,4 -Oxadiazole group, thiazole group, isothiazole group, 1,2,4-thiodiazole group, 1,3,4-thiadiazole group, etc.), cyano group, hydroxy group, nitro group, carboxy group, alkoxy group (methoxy group) Ethoxy group, isopropoxy group, tert-butoxy group, n-octyloxy group, 2-methyl Xyloxy group, etc.), aryloxy groups (phenoxy group, 2-methylphenoxy group, 4-tert-butylphenoxy group, 3-nitrophenoxy group, 2-tetradecanoylaminophenoxy group, etc.), acyloxy groups (formyloxy group, Acetyloxy group, pivaloyloxy group, stearoyloxy group, benzoyloxy group, p-methoxyphenylcarbonyloxy group, etc.), amino group (amino group, methylamino group, dimethylamino group, anilino group, N-methyl-anilino group, diphenyl) Amino groups, etc.), acylamino groups (formylamino group, acetylamino group, pivaloylamino group, lauroylamino group, benzoylamino group, etc.), alkyl and arylsulfonylamino groups (methylsulfonylamino group, butylsulfonylamino group, phenyl) Sulfonylamino group, 2,3,5-trichlorophenylsulfonylamino group, p-methylphenylsulfonylamino group, etc.), mercapto group, alkylthio group (methylthio group, ethylthio group, n-hexadecylthio group, etc.), arylthio group (phenylthio group) P-chlorophenylthio group, m-methoxyphenylthio group, etc.), sulfamoyl group (N-ethylsulfamoyl group, N- (3-dodecyloxypropyl) sulfamoyl group, N, N-dimethylsulfamoyl group, N -Acetylsulfamoyl group, N-benzoylsulfamoyl group, N- (N'-phenylcarbamoyl) sulfamoyl group, etc.), sulfo group, acyl group (acetyl group, pivaloylbenzoyl group, etc.), carbamoyl group (carbamoyl group) Group, N-methylcarbamoyl group, N, N-di Chi-carbamoyl, N, N-di -n- octylcarbamoyl group, and each group such as N- (methylsulfonyl) carbamoyl group).
 前記一般式(1)において、A、A及びBは、ベンゼン環、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、イミダゾール環、1,2,3-トリアゾール環又は1,2,4-トリアゾール環を表すことが、光学特性の変動効果に優れ、かつ耐久性に優れた位相差フィルムが得られるために好ましい。 In the general formula (1), A 1 , A 2 and B represent a benzene ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a 1,2,3-triazole ring or a 1,2,4-triazole ring. It is preferable because a retardation film having excellent optical property variation effects and excellent durability can be obtained.
 前記一般式(1)において、T及びTは、それぞれ独立に、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、イミダゾール環、1,2,3-トリアゾール環又は1,2,4-トリアゾール環を表す。これらの中で、ピラゾール環、トリアゾール環又はイミダゾール環であることが、湿度変動に対するリターデーションの変動抑制効果に特に優れ、かつ耐久性に優れた樹脂組成物が得られるために好ましく、ピラゾール環であることが特に好ましい。T及びT2で表されるピラゾール環、1,2,3-トリアゾール環又は1,2,4-トリアゾール環、イミダゾール環は、互変異性体であってもよい。ピロール環、ピラゾール環、イミダゾール環、1,2,3-トリアゾール環又は1,2,4-トリアゾール環の具体的な構造を下記に示す。 In the general formula (1), T 1 and T 2 each independently represents a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a 1,2,3-triazole ring or a 1,2,4-triazole ring. Among these, a pyrazole ring, a triazole ring, or an imidazole ring is preferable because a resin composition that is particularly excellent in retardation fluctuation suppressing effect against humidity fluctuation and excellent in durability is obtained. It is particularly preferred. The pyrazole ring, 1,2,3-triazole ring, 1,2,4-triazole ring and imidazole ring represented by T 1 and T2 may be tautomers. Specific structures of the pyrrole ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, 1,2,3-triazole ring or 1,2,4-triazole ring are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 式中、※は一般式(1)におけるL、L、L又はLとの結合位置を表す。Rは水素原子又は非芳香族置換基を表す。Rで表される非芳香族置換基としては、前記一般式(1)におけるAが有してもよい置換基のうちの非芳香族置換基と同様の基を挙げることができる。Rで表される置換基が芳香族基を有する置換基の場合、AとT又はBとTがねじれやすくなり、A、B及びTが樹脂Aであるセルロースアセテートや樹脂Bであるセルロースエステルとの相互作用を形成できなくなるため、光学的特性の変動を抑制することが難しい。光学的特性の変動抑制効果を高めるためには、Rは水素原子、炭素数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素数1~5のアシル基であることが好ましく、水素原子であることが特に好ましい。 In the formula, * represents a bonding position with L 1 , L 2 , L 3 or L 4 in the general formula (1). R 5 represents a hydrogen atom or a non-aromatic substituent. Examples of the non-aromatic substituent represented by R 5 include the same groups as the non-aromatic substituent among the substituents that A 1 in the general formula (1) may have. In the case where the substituent represented by R 5 is a substituent having an aromatic group, A 1 and T 1 or B and T 1 are easily twisted, and A 1 , B and T 1 are resin A, cellulose acetate or resin Since it becomes impossible to form an interaction with the cellulose ester which is B, it is difficult to suppress fluctuations in optical characteristics. In order to enhance the effect of suppressing fluctuations in optical properties, R 5 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an acyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom. .
 前記一般式(1)において、T及びTは置換基を有してもよく、当該置換基としては、前記一般式(1)におけるA及びAが有してもよい置換基と同様の基を挙げることができる。 In the general formula (1), T 1 and T 2 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a substituent that A 1 and A 2 in the general formula (1) may have Similar groups can be mentioned.
 前記一般式(1)において、L、L、L及びLは、それぞれ独立に、単結合又は、2価の連結基を表し、2個以下の原子を介して、5員若しくは6員の芳香族炭化水素環又は芳香族複素環が連結されている。2個以下の原子を介してとは、連結基を構成する原子のうち連結される置換基間に存在する最小の原子数を表す。連結原子数2個以下の2価の連結基としては、特に制限はないが、アルキレン基、アルケニレン基、アルキニレン基、O、(C=O)、NR、S、(O=S=O)からなる群より選ばれる2価の連結基であるか、それらを2個組み合わせた連結基を表す。Rは、水素原子又は置換基を表す。Rで表される置換基の例には、アルキル基(メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、tert-ブチル基、n-オクチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基等)、シクロアルキル基(シクロヘキシル基、シクロペンチル基、4-n-ドデシルシクロヘキシル基等)、芳香族炭化水素環基(フェニル基、p-トリル基、ナフチル基等)、芳香族複素環基(2-フリル基、2-チエニル基、2-ピリミジニル基、2-ベンゾチアゾリル基、2-ピリジル基等)、シアノ基等が含まれる。L、L、L及びLで表される2価の連結基は置換基を有してもよく、置換基としては特に制限はないが、例えば、前記一般式(1)におけるA及びAが有してもよい置換基と同様の基を挙げることができる。 In the general formula (1), L 1 , L 2 , L 3 and L 4 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group, and are 5 or 6 via 2 or less atoms. Membered aromatic hydrocarbon rings or aromatic heterocycles are linked. The term “via two or less atoms” refers to the minimum number of atoms existing between the connected substituents among the atoms constituting the linking group. The divalent linking group having 2 or less linking atoms is not particularly limited, but includes an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, O, (C═O), NR, S, and (O═S═O). It is a divalent linking group selected from the group consisting of or a linking group in which two of them are combined. R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent represented by R include an alkyl group (methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, tert-butyl group, n-octyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, etc.), cycloalkyl group ( Cyclohexyl group, cyclopentyl group, 4-n-dodecylcyclohexyl group, etc.), aromatic hydrocarbon ring group (phenyl group, p-tolyl group, naphthyl group, etc.), aromatic heterocyclic group (2-furyl group, 2-thienyl group, etc.) Group, 2-pyrimidinyl group, 2-benzothiazolyl group, 2-pyridyl group, etc.), cyano group and the like. The divalent linking group represented by L 1 , L 2 , L 3 and L 4 may have a substituent, and the substituent is not particularly limited. For example, A in the general formula (1) and 1 and a 2 have include the same groups as also substituents.
 前記一般式(1)において、L、L、L及びLは、前記一般式(1)で表される構造を有する化合物の平面性が高くなることで、水を吸着する樹脂との相互作用が強くなり、光学的特性の変動が抑制されるため、単結合又は、O、(C=O)-O、O-(C=O)、(C=O)-NR又はNR-(C=O)であることが好ましく、単結合であることがより好ましい。 In the general formula (1), L 1 , L 2 , L 3 and L 4 are a resin that adsorbs water by increasing the planarity of the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (1). And the fluctuation of optical properties is suppressed, so that a single bond or O, (C═O) —O, O— (C═O), (C═O) —NR or NR— (C═O) is preferable, and a single bond is more preferable.
 前記一般式(1)において、nは0~5の整数を表す。nが2以上の整数を表すとき、前記一般式(1)における複数のA、T、L、Lは同じであってもよく、異なっていてもよい。nが大きい程、前記一般式(1)で表される構造を有する化合物と水を吸着する樹脂との相互作用が強くなることで光学的特性の変動抑制効果が優れ、nが小さいほど、水を吸着する樹脂との相溶性が優れる。このため、nは1~3の整数であることが好ましく、1又は2の整数であることがより好ましい。 In the general formula (1), n represents an integer of 0 to 5. When n represents an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of A 2 , T 2 , L 3 , and L 4 in the general formula (1) may be the same or different. The larger n is, the stronger the interaction between the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (1) and the resin that adsorbs water is, so that the effect of suppressing fluctuations in optical properties is excellent. Excellent compatibility with resin that adsorbs. For this reason, n is preferably an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably an integer of 1 or 2.
 〈一般式(2)で表される構造を有する化合物〉
 一般式(1)で表される構造を有する化合物は、一般式(2)で表される構造を有する化合物であることが好ましい。
<Compound having a structure represented by the general formula (2)>
The compound having a structure represented by the general formula (1) is preferably a compound having a structure represented by the general formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 (式中、A、A、T、T、L、L、L及びLは、それぞれ前記一般式(1)におけるA、A、T、T、L、L、L及びLと同義である。A及びTは、それぞれ一般式(1)におけるA及びTと同様の基を表す。L及びLは、前記一般式(1)におけるLと同様の基を表す。mは0~4の整数を表す。)
 mが小さい方がセルロースアセテートとの相溶性に優れるため、mは0~2の整数であることが好ましく、0~1の整数であることがより好ましい。
(In the formula, A 1 , A 2 , T 1 , T 2 , L 1 , L 2 , L 3 and L 4 are respectively A 1 , A 2 , T 1 , T 2 , L in the general formula (1). 1, L 2, L 3 and .A 3 and T 3 L 4 as synonymous, the .L 5 and L 6 represent the same group as a 1 and T 1, respectively, in the general formula (1), the general And represents the same group as L 1 in Formula (1), m represents an integer of 0 to 4.)
A smaller m is more compatible with cellulose acetate, and therefore m is preferably an integer from 0 to 2, more preferably an integer from 0 to 1.
 <一般式(1.1)で表される構造を有する化合物>
 一般式(1)で表される構造を有する化合物は、下記一般式(1.1)で表される構造を有するトリアゾール化合物であることが好ましい。
<Compound having structure represented by general formula (1.1)>
The compound having a structure represented by the general formula (1) is preferably a triazole compound having a structure represented by the following general formula (1.1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 (式中、A、B、L及びLは、上記一般式(1)におけるA、B、L及びLと同様の基を表す。kは、1~4の整数を表す。Tは、1,2,4-トリアゾール環を表す。)
 さらに、上記一般式(1.1)で表される構造を有するトリアゾール化合物は、下記一般式(1.2)で表される構造を有するトリアゾール化合物であることが好ましい。
(Wherein, A 1, B, L 1 and L 2, .k representing the A 1, B, the same group as L 1 and L 2 in formula (1) represents an integer of 1-4 T 1 represents a 1,2,4-triazole ring.)
Furthermore, the triazole compound having a structure represented by the general formula (1.1) is preferably a triazole compound having a structure represented by the following general formula (1.2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 (式中、Zは、下記一般式(1.2a)の構造を表す。qは、2~3の整数を表す。少なくとも二つのZは、ベンゼン環に置換された少なくとも一つのZに対してオルト位又はメタ位に結合する。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
(In the formula, Z represents the structure of the following general formula (1.2a). Q represents an integer of 2 to 3. At least two Zs represent at least one Z substituted on a benzene ring. Bonded to ortho or meta position.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 (式中、R10は水素原子、アルキル基又はアルコキシ基を表す。pは1~5の整数を表す。*はベンゼン環との結合位置を表す。Tは1,2,4-トリアゾール環を表す。)
 前記一般式(1)、(2)、(1.1)又は(1.2)で表される構造を有する化合物は、水和物、溶媒和物若しくは塩を形成してもよい。なお、本発明において、水和物は有機溶媒を含んでいてもよく、また溶媒和物は水を含んでいてもよい。即ち、「水和物」及び「溶媒和物」には、水と有機溶媒のいずれも含む混合溶媒和物が含まれる。塩としては、無機又は有機酸で形成された酸付加塩が含まれる。無機酸の例として、ハロゲン化水素酸(塩酸、臭化水素酸など)、硫酸、リン酸などが含まれ、またこれらに限定されない。また、有機酸の例には、酢酸、トリフルオロ酢酸、プロピオン酸、酪酸、シュウ酸、クエン酸、安息香酸、アルキルスルホン酸(メタンスルホン酸など)、アリルスルホン酸(ベンゼンスルホン酸、4-トルエンスルホン酸、1,5-ナフタレンジスルホン酸など)などが挙げられ、またこれらに限定されない。これらのうち好ましくは、塩酸塩、酢酸塩、プロピオン酸塩、酪酸塩である。
(In the formula, R 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an alkoxy group. P represents an integer of 1 to 5. * represents a bonding position with a benzene ring. T 1 represents a 1,2,4-triazole ring. Represents.)
The compound having the structure represented by the general formula (1), (2), (1.1) or (1.2) may form a hydrate, a solvate or a salt. In the present invention, the hydrate may contain an organic solvent, and the solvate may contain water. That is, “hydrate” and “solvate” include mixed solvates containing both water and organic solvents. Salts include acid addition salts formed with inorganic or organic acids. Examples of inorganic acids include, but are not limited to, hydrohalic acids (hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, etc.), sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like. Examples of organic acids include acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, oxalic acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, alkylsulfonic acid (methanesulfonic acid, etc.), allylsulfonic acid (benzenesulfonic acid, 4-toluene) Sulfonic acid, 1,5-naphthalenedisulfonic acid, and the like), but are not limited thereto. Of these, hydrochloride, acetate, propionate and butyrate are preferable.
 塩の例としては、親化合物に存在する酸性部分が、金属イオン(例えばアルカリ金属塩、例えばナトリウム又はカリウム塩、アルカリ土類金属塩、例えばカルシウム又はマグネシウム塩、アンモニウム塩アルカリ金属イオン、アルカリ土類金属イオン、又はアルミニウムイオンなど)により置換されるか、又は有機塩基(エタノールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン、モルホリン、ピペリジン、など)と調整されたときに形成される塩が挙げられ、またこれらに限定されない。これらのうち好ましくはナトリウム塩、カリウム塩である。 Examples of salts are those in which the acidic moiety present in the parent compound is a metal ion (eg, an alkali metal salt, such as sodium or potassium salt, an alkaline earth metal salt, such as calcium or magnesium salt, an ammonium salt, an alkali metal ion, alkaline earth And salts formed when substituted with organic bases (ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, morpholine, piperidine, etc.) It is not limited. Of these, sodium salts and potassium salts are preferred.
 溶媒和物が含む溶媒の例には、一般的な有機溶剤のいずれも含まれる。具体的には、アルコール(例、メタノール、エタノール、2-プロパノール、1-ブタノール、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール、t-ブタノール)、エステル(例、酢酸エチル)、炭化水素(例、トルエン、ヘキサン、ヘプタン)、エーテル(例、テトラヒドロフラン)、ニトリル(例、アセトニトリル)、ケトン(アセトン)などが挙げられる。好ましくは、アルコール(例、メタノール、エタノール、2-プロパノール、1-ブタノール、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール、t-ブタノール)の溶媒和物である。これらの溶媒は、前記化合物の合成時に用いられる反応溶媒であっても、合成後の晶析精製の際に用いられる溶媒であってもよく、又はこれらの混合であってもよい。 Examples of the solvent contained in the solvate include any common organic solvent. Specifically, alcohol (eg, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, t-butanol), ester (eg, ethyl acetate), hydrocarbon (eg, toluene, hexane) , Heptane), ether (eg, tetrahydrofuran), nitrile (eg, acetonitrile), ketone (acetone) and the like. Preferred are solvates of alcohols (eg, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, t-butanol). These solvents may be a reaction solvent used at the time of synthesizing the compound, a solvent used at the time of crystallization purification after synthesis, or a mixture thereof.
 また、2種類以上の溶媒を同時に含んでもよいし、水と溶媒を含む形(例えば、水とアルコール(例えば、メタノール、エタノール、t-ブタノールなど)など)であってもよい。 Further, two or more kinds of solvents may be included at the same time, or a form containing water and a solvent (for example, water and alcohol (for example, methanol, ethanol, t-butanol, etc.)) may be used.
 なお、前記一般式(1)、(2)、(1.1)又は(1.2)で表される構造を有する化合物を、水や溶媒、塩を含まない形態で添加しても、本発明における位相差フィルム中において、水和物、溶媒和物又は塩を形成してもよい。 Even if the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (1), (2), (1.1) or (1.2) is added in a form not containing water, solvent or salt, In the retardation film in the invention, a hydrate, a solvate or a salt may be formed.
 前記一般式(1)、(2)、(1.1)又は(1.2)で表される構造を有する化合物の分子量は特に制限はないが、小さいほど樹脂との相溶性に優れ、大きいほど環境湿度の変化に対する光学値の変動抑制効果が高いため、150~2000であることが好ましく、200~1500であることがより好ましく、300~1000であることがより好ましい。 The molecular weight of the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (1), (2), (1.1) or (1.2) is not particularly limited, but the smaller the compound, the better the compatibility with the resin and the greater Since the effect of suppressing fluctuations in the optical value with respect to changes in environmental humidity is higher, it is preferably 150 to 2000, more preferably 200 to 1500, and more preferably 300 to 1000.
 さらに、本発明に係る含窒素複素環化合物は、下記一般式(3)で表される構造を有する化合物であることが特に好ましい。 Furthermore, the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound according to the present invention is particularly preferably a compound having a structure represented by the following general formula (3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
(式中Aはピラゾール環を表す。Ar及びArはそれぞれ芳香族炭化水素環又は芳香族複素環を表し、置換基を有してもよい。Rは水素原子、アルキル基、アシル基、スルホニル基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、又はアリールオキシカルボニル基を表す。qは1又は2を表す。n及びmは1~3の整数を表す。)
 Ar及びArで表される芳香族炭化水素環又は芳香族複素環は、それぞれ一般式(1)で挙げた5員若しくは6員の芳香族炭化水素環又は芳香族複素環であることが好ましい。また、Ar及びArの置換基としては、前記一般式(1)で表される構造を有する化合物で示したのと同様な置換基が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
(In the formula, A represents a pyrazole ring. Ar 1 and Ar 2 each represent an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring and may have a substituent. R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an acyl group. A sulfonyl group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, or an aryloxycarbonyl group, q represents 1 or 2, and n and m represent an integer of 1 to 3.
The aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic heterocyclic ring represented by Ar 1 and Ar 2 may be the 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic heterocyclic ring mentioned in the general formula (1), respectively. preferable. Examples of the substituent for Ar 1 and Ar 2 include the same substituents as those shown for the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (1).
 Rの具体例としては、ハロゲン原子(フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等)、アルキル基(メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、tert-ブチル基、n-オクチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基等)、アシル基(アセチル基、ピバロイルベンゾイル基等)、スルホニル基(例えば、メチルスルホニル基、エチルスルホニル基等)、アルキルオキシカルボニル基(例えば、メトキシカルボニル基)、アリールオキシカルボニル基(例えば、フェノキシカルボニル基等)等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of R 1 include halogen atoms (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, etc.), alkyl groups (methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, tert-butyl group, n-octyl group). Group, 2-ethylhexyl group etc.), acyl group (acetyl group, pivaloylbenzoyl group etc.), sulfonyl group (eg methylsulfonyl group, ethylsulfonyl group etc.), alkyloxycarbonyl group (eg methoxycarbonyl group), An aryloxycarbonyl group (for example, phenoxycarbonyl group etc.) etc. are mentioned.
 qは1又は2を表し、n及びmは1~3の整数を表す。 Q represents 1 or 2, and n and m represent integers of 1 to 3.
 本発明に用いられる5員若しくは6員の芳香族炭化水素環又は芳香族複素環を有する化合物は、中でも前記一般式(1)、(2)、(1.1)、(1.2)で表される構造を有する化合物が好ましく、さらに一般式(3)で表される構造を有する化合物であることが好ましい。本発明で用いることができる前記5員若しくは6員の芳香族炭化水素環又は芳香族複素環を有する化合物は、国際公開第2014/109350号の段落[0140]~段落[0214]に記載の化合物を具体例として挙げることができる。なお、本発明は当該具体例によって何ら限定されることはない。また、前述のように、具体例は互変異性体であってもよく、水和物、溶媒和物又は塩を形成していてもよい。 The compounds having a 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic heterocycle used in the present invention are, among others, those represented by the general formulas (1), (2), (1.1) and (1.2). A compound having a structure represented is preferable, and a compound having a structure represented by the general formula (3) is more preferable. The compound having a 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic heterocyclic ring that can be used in the present invention is a compound described in paragraphs [0140] to [0214] of International Publication No. 2014/109350. Can be given as a specific example. In addition, this invention is not limited at all by the said specific example. Further, as described above, specific examples may be tautomers, and may form hydrates, solvates or salts.
 前記具体例で挙げた化合物の合成方法も、同様に国際公開第2014/109350号の段落[0215]~[0239]を参照することができる。 For the synthesis methods of the compounds mentioned in the specific examples, paragraphs [0215] to [0239] of International Publication No. 2014/109350 can be similarly referred.
 〈一般式(1)~(3)で表される構造を有する化合物の使用方法について〉
 本発明に係る前記一般式(1)~(3)で表される構造を有する化合物は、適宜量を調整して位相差フィルムに含有することができるが、添加量としては位相差フィルム中に、0.1~10質量%含むことが好ましく、特に、1~5質量%含むことが好ましく、2~5質量%含むことが特に好ましい。添加量はセルロースアセテートの種類、当該化合物の種類によってことなるものであるが、本発明の位相差フィルムが所望の位相差値を示す添加量によって最適値を決定することができる。この範囲内であれば、本発明の位相差フィルムの機械強度を損なうことなく、環境湿度の変化に依存したリターデーションの変動を低減することができる。
<About the method of using the compound having the structure represented by the general formulas (1) to (3)>
The compound having the structure represented by the general formulas (1) to (3) according to the present invention can be contained in the retardation film by adjusting the amount as appropriate. 0.1 to 10% by mass, preferably 1 to 5% by mass, particularly preferably 2 to 5% by mass. The amount of addition varies depending on the type of cellulose acetate and the type of the compound, but the optimum value can be determined by the amount of addition that the retardation film of the present invention exhibits a desired retardation value. If it is in this range, the fluctuation | variation of the retardation depending on the change of environmental humidity can be reduced, without impairing the mechanical strength of the retardation film of this invention.
 また、前記一般式(1)~(3)で表される構造を有する化合物の添加方法としては、位相差フィルムを形成する樹脂に粉体で添加しても良く、溶媒に溶解した後、位相差フィルムを形成する樹脂に添加しても良い。 As a method for adding the compound having the structure represented by the general formulas (1) to (3), it may be added as a powder to the resin forming the retardation film. You may add to resin which forms a phase difference film.
 ≪他の添加剤≫
 本発明の位相差フィルムは、その他の添加剤を含有することも好ましく、その例には、可塑剤、酸化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤、光安定剤、帯電防止剤、及び剥離剤などが挙げられる。より効果的に用いられる化合物は、好ましくは可塑剤を含有することであり、中でも以下説明する糖エステル、又はジカルボン酸とジオールを反応させて得られる繰り返し単位を含む重縮合エステルを用いることが、セルロースエステルとの相溶性に優れ、高湿度下における水分の出入りを制御して位相差値変動を低減し、あわせてケン化液のフィルムへの浸透を制御してケン化適性を向上する観点から、好ましい。
≪Other additives≫
The retardation film of the present invention preferably contains other additives, and examples thereof include a plasticizer, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, a light stabilizer, an antistatic agent, and a release agent. . The compound used more effectively is preferably containing a plasticizer, and among them, a sugar ester described below, or a polycondensed ester containing a repeating unit obtained by reacting a dicarboxylic acid and a diol is used, From the viewpoint of excellent compatibility with cellulose ester, reducing the fluctuation of the retardation value by controlling the moisture in and out at high humidity, and also improving the saponification suitability by controlling the penetration of the saponification liquid into the film ,preferable.
 〔可塑剤〕
 〈糖エステル〉
 本発明に係る糖エステルとしては、ピラノース環又はフラノース環の少なくとも1種を1個以上12個以下有しその構造のOH基の全て若しくは一部をエステル化した糖エステルであることが好ましい。本発明に係る糖エステルは加水分解防止の目的においても添加されることが好ましい。
[Plasticizer]
<Sugar ester>
The sugar ester according to the present invention is preferably a sugar ester in which at least one pyranose ring or furanose ring is 1 to 12 and all or part of the OH groups in the structure are esterified. The sugar ester according to the present invention is preferably added for the purpose of preventing hydrolysis.
 本発明に係る糖エステルとは、フラノース環又はピラノース環の少なくともいずれかを含む化合物であり、単糖であっても、糖構造が2~12個連結した多糖であってもよい。そして、糖エステルは、糖構造が有するOH基の少なくとも一つがエステル化された化合物が好ましい。本発明に係る糖エステルにおいては、平均エステル置換度が、4.0~8.0の範囲内であることが好ましく、5.0~7.5の範囲内であることがより好ましい。 The sugar ester according to the present invention is a compound containing at least one of a furanose ring and a pyranose ring, and may be a monosaccharide or a polysaccharide having 2 to 12 sugar structures linked together. The sugar ester is preferably a compound in which at least one OH group of the sugar structure is esterified. In the sugar ester according to the present invention, the average ester substitution degree is preferably within the range of 4.0 to 8.0, and more preferably within the range of 5.0 to 7.5.
 本発明において特に好ましい糖エステルとしては、下記一般式(A)で表される糖エステルを挙げることができる。 Particularly preferred sugar esters in the present invention include sugar esters represented by the following general formula (A).
 一般式(A)
   (HO)-G-(O-C(=O)-R
 上記一般式(A)において、Gは、単糖類又は二糖類の残基を表し、Rは、脂肪族基又は芳香族基を表し、mは、単糖類又は二糖類の残基に直接結合しているヒドロキシ基の数の合計であり、nは、単糖類又は二糖類の残基に直接結合している-(O-C(=O)-R)基の数の合計であり、3≦m+n≦8であり、n≠0である。
Formula (A)
(HO) m -G- (OC (= O) -R 2 ) n
In the general formula (A), G represents a monosaccharide or disaccharide residue, R 2 represents an aliphatic group or an aromatic group, and m is directly bonded to the monosaccharide or disaccharide residue. N is the total number of — (O—C (═O) —R 2 ) groups directly bonded to the monosaccharide or disaccharide residue, 3 ≦ m + n ≦ 8, and n ≠ 0.
 一般式(A)で表される構造を有する糖エステルは、ヒドロキシ基の数(m)、-(O-C(=O)-R)基の数(n)が固定された単一種の化合物として単離することは困難であり、式中のm、nの異なる成分が数種類混合された化合物となることが知られている。したがって、ヒドロキシ基の数(m)、-(O-C(=O)-R)基の数(n)が各々変化した混合物としての性能が重要であり、本発明の位相差フィルムの場合、平均エステル置換度が、5.0~7.5の範囲内である糖エステルが好ましい。 The sugar ester having the structure represented by the general formula (A) is a single kind of hydroxy group (m) and-(O—C (═O) —R 2 ) groups in which the number (n) is fixed. It is difficult to isolate as a compound, and it is known that a compound in which several components different in m and n in the formula are mixed is obtained. Accordingly, the performance as a mixture in which the number (m) of hydroxy groups and the number (n) of — (O—C (═O) —R 2 ) groups are changed is important. In the case of the retardation film of the present invention, A sugar ester having an average degree of ester substitution within the range of 5.0 to 7.5 is preferred.
 上記一般式(A)において、Gは単糖類又は二糖類の残基を表す。単糖類の具体例としては、例えばアロース、アルトロース、グルコース、マンノース、グロース、イドース、ガラクトース、タロース、リボース、アラビノース、キシロース、リキソースなどが挙げられる。 In the above general formula (A), G represents a monosaccharide or disaccharide residue. Specific examples of monosaccharides include allose, altrose, glucose, mannose, gulose, idose, galactose, talose, ribose, arabinose, xylose, lyxose, and the like.
 以下に、一般式(A)で表される糖エステルの単糖類残基を有する化合物の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれら例示する化合物に限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the compound having a monosaccharide residue of the sugar ester represented by the general formula (A) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these exemplified compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 また、二糖類残基の具体例としては、例えば、トレハロース、スクロース、マルトース、セロビオース、ゲンチオビオース、ラクトース、イソトレハロース等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the disaccharide residue include trehalose, sucrose, maltose, cellobiose, gentiobiose, lactose, and isotrehalose.
 以下に、一般式(A)で表される糖エステルの二糖類残基を有する化合物の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれら例示する化合物に限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the compound having a disaccharide residue of the sugar ester represented by the general formula (A) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these exemplified compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 一般式(A)において、Rは、脂肪族基又は芳香族基を表す。ここで、脂肪族基及び芳香族基は、それぞれ独立に置換基を有していてもよい。 In the general formula (A), R 2 represents an aliphatic group or an aromatic group. Here, the aliphatic group and the aromatic group may each independently have a substituent.
 また、一般式(A)において、mは、単糖類又は二糖類の残基に直接結合しているヒドロキシ基の数の合計であり、nは、単糖類又は二糖類の残基に直接結合している-(O-C(=O)-R)基の数の合計である。そして、3≦m+n≦8であることが必要であり、4≦m+n≦8であることが好ましい。また、n≠0である。なお、nが2以上である場合、-(O-C(=O)-R)基は互いに同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。 In general formula (A), m is the total number of hydroxy groups directly bonded to the monosaccharide or disaccharide residue, and n is directly bonded to the monosaccharide or disaccharide residue. And the total number of — (O—C (═O) —R 2 ) groups. Further, it is necessary that 3 ≦ m + n ≦ 8, and it is preferable that 4 ≦ m + n ≦ 8. Further, n ≠ 0. When n is 2 or more, the — (O—C (═O) —R 2 ) groups may be the same as or different from each other.
 Rの定義における脂肪族基は、直鎖であっても、分岐であっても、環状であってもよく、炭素数1~25のものが好ましく、1~20のものがより好ましく、2~15のものが特に好ましい。脂肪族基の具体例としては、例えば、メチル、エチル、n-プロピル、iso-プロピル、シクロプロピル、n-ブチル、iso-ブチル、tert-ブチル、アミル、iso-アミル、tert-アミル、n-ヘキシル、シクロヘキシル、n-ヘプチル、n-オクチル、ビシクロオクチル、アダマンチル、n-デシル、tert-オクチル、ドデシル、ヘキサデシル、オクタデシル、ジデシル等の各基が挙げられる。 The aliphatic group in the definition of R 2 may be linear, branched or cyclic, and preferably has 1 to 25 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Those of ˜15 are particularly preferred. Specific examples of the aliphatic group include, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, cyclopropyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, amyl, iso-amyl, tert-amyl, n- Examples include hexyl, cyclohexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, bicyclooctyl, adamantyl, n-decyl, tert-octyl, dodecyl, hexadecyl, octadecyl, didecyl and the like.
 また、Rの定義における芳香族基は、芳香族炭化水素基でもよいし、芳香族複素環基でもよく、より好ましくは芳香族炭化水素基である。芳香族炭化水素基としては、炭素数が6~24のものが好ましく、6~12のものがさらに好ましい。芳香族炭化水素基の具体例としては、例えば、ベンゼン、ナフタレン、アントラセン、ビフェニル、ターフェニル等の各環が挙げられる。芳香族炭化水素基としては、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、ビフェニル環が特に好ましい。芳香族複素環基としては、酸素原子、窒素原子又は硫黄原子のうち少なくとも一つを含む環が好ましい。複素環の具体例としては、例えば、フラン、ピロール、チオフェン、イミダゾール、ピラゾール、ピリジン、ピラジン、ピリダジン、トリアゾール、トリアジン、インドール、インダゾール、プリン、チアゾリン、チアジアゾール、オキサゾリン、オキサゾール、オキサジアゾール、キノリン、イソキノリン、フタラジン、ナフチリジン、キノキサリン、キナゾリン、シンノリン、プテリジン、アクリジン、フェナントロリン、フェナジン、テトラゾール、ベンズイミダゾール、ベンズオキサゾール、ベンズチアゾール、ベンゾトリアゾール、テトラザインデン等の各環が挙げられる。芳香族複素環基としては、ピリジン環、トリアジン環、キノリン環が特に好ましい。 The aromatic group in the definition of R 2 may be an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 6 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include rings such as benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, biphenyl, and terphenyl. As the aromatic hydrocarbon group, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, and a biphenyl ring are particularly preferable. As the aromatic heterocyclic group, a ring containing at least one of an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom is preferable. Specific examples of the heterocyclic ring include, for example, furan, pyrrole, thiophene, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine, triazole, triazine, indole, indazole, purine, thiazoline, thiadiazole, oxazoline, oxazole, oxadiazole, quinoline, Examples of each ring include isoquinoline, phthalazine, naphthyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, pteridine, acridine, phenanthroline, phenazine, tetrazole, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzthiazole, benzotriazole, and tetrazaindene. As the aromatic heterocyclic group, a pyridine ring, a triazine ring, and a quinoline ring are particularly preferable.
 次に、一般式(A)で表される糖エステルの好ましい例を下記に示すが、本発明はこれらの例示する化合物に限定されるものではない。 Next, preferred examples of the sugar ester represented by the general formula (A) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these exemplified compounds.
 糖エステルは一つの分子中に二つ以上の異なった置換基を含有していても良く、芳香族置換基と脂肪族置換基を1分子内に含有、異なる二つ以上の芳香族置換基を1分子内に含有、異なる二つ以上の脂肪族置換基を1分子内に含有することができる。 A sugar ester may contain two or more different substituents in one molecule, contains an aromatic substituent and an aliphatic substituent in one molecule, and contains two or more different aromatic substituents. Two or more different aliphatic substituents contained in one molecule can be contained in one molecule.
 また、2種類以上の糖エステルを混合して含有することも好ましい。芳香族置換基を含有する糖エステルと、脂肪族置換基を含有する糖エステルを同時に含有することも好ましい。 It is also preferable to contain a mixture of two or more sugar esters. It is also preferable to simultaneously contain a sugar ester containing an aromatic substituent and a sugar ester containing an aliphatic substituent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
  〈合成例:一般式(A)で表される糖エステルの合成例〉
 以下に、本発明に好適に用いることのできる糖エステルの合成の一例を示す。
<Synthesis Example: Synthesis Example of Sugar Ester Represented by Formula (A)>
Below, an example of the synthesis | combination of the sugar ester which can be used suitably for this invention is shown.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 撹拌装置、還流冷却器、温度計及び窒素ガス導入管を備えた四頭コルベンに、ショ糖を34.2g(0.1モル)、無水安息香酸を180.8g(0.8モル)、ピリジンを379.7g(4.8モル)、それぞれ仕込み、撹拌下で窒素ガス導入管から窒素ガスをバブリングさせながら昇温し、70℃で5時間エステル化反応を行った。次に、コルベン内を4×10Pa以下に減圧し、60℃で過剰のピリジンを留去した後に、コルベン内を1.3×10Pa以下に減圧し、120℃まで昇温させ、無水安息香酸、生成した安息香酸の大部分を留去した。そして、次にトルエンを1L、0.5質量%の炭酸ナトリウム水溶液を300g添加し、50℃で30分間撹拌した後、静置して、トルエン層を分取した。最後に、分取したトルエン層に水を100g添加し、常温で30分間水洗した後、トルエン層を分取し、減圧下(4×10Pa以下)、60℃でトルエンを留去させ、化合物A-1、A-2、A-3、A-4及びA-5の混合物を得た。得られた混合物をHPLC及びLC-MASSで解析したところ、A-1が7質量%、A-2が58質量%、A-3が23質量%、A-4が9質量%、A-5が3質量%で、糖エステルの平均エステル置換度が、6.57であった。なお、得られた混合物の一部をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーにより精製することで、それぞれ純度100%のA-1、A-2、A-3、A-4及びA-5を得た。 Four-headed Kolben equipped with a stirrer, reflux condenser, thermometer and nitrogen gas inlet tube, 34.2 g (0.1 mol) of sucrose, 180.8 g (0.8 mol) of benzoic anhydride, pyridine 379.7 g (4.8 mol) of each were charged, and the temperature was raised while bubbling nitrogen gas from a nitrogen gas inlet tube under stirring, and esterification was carried out at 70 ° C. for 5 hours. Next, the inside of the Kolben was depressurized to 4 × 10 2 Pa or less, and after excess pyridine was distilled off at 60 ° C., the inside of the Kolben was depressurized to 1.3 × 10 Pa or less and the temperature was raised to 120 ° C. Most of the acid and benzoic acid formed were distilled off. Then, 1 L of toluene and 300 g of a 0.5% by mass sodium carbonate aqueous solution were added, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 30 minutes, and then allowed to stand to separate a toluene layer. Finally, 100 g of water was added to the separated toluene layer, and after washing with water at room temperature for 30 minutes, the toluene layer was separated, and toluene was distilled off at 60 ° C. under reduced pressure (4 × 10 2 Pa or less). A mixture of compounds A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4 and A-5 was obtained. Analysis of the resulting mixture by HPLC and LC-MASS revealed that A-1 was 7% by mass, A-2 was 58% by mass, A-3 was 23% by mass, A-4 was 9% by mass, A-5 Was 3% by mass, and the average ester substitution degree of the sugar ester was 6.57. A part of the obtained mixture was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 100% pure A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4 and A-5, respectively.
 当該糖エステルの添加量は、セルロースエステルに対して0.1~20質量%の範囲で添加することが好ましく、1~15質量%の範囲で添加することがより好ましい。 The addition amount of the sugar ester is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 20% by mass and more preferably in the range of 1 to 15% by mass with respect to the cellulose ester.
 〈重縮合エステル〉
 本発明の位相差フィルムに好ましい可塑剤として、ジカルボン酸とジオールを反応させて得られる繰り返し単位を含む重縮合エステルが挙げられる。
<Polycondensed ester>
A preferable plasticizer for the retardation film of the present invention includes a polycondensed ester containing a repeating unit obtained by reacting a dicarboxylic acid and a diol.
 当該重縮合エステルを構成するジカルボン酸は、芳香族ジカルボン酸、脂肪族ジカルボン酸又は脂環式ジカルボン酸であり、好ましくは芳香族ジカルボン酸である。ジカルボン酸は、1種類であっても、2種類以上の混合物であってもよい。 The dicarboxylic acid constituting the polycondensed ester is an aromatic dicarboxylic acid, an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid or an alicyclic dicarboxylic acid, preferably an aromatic dicarboxylic acid. The dicarboxylic acid may be one type or a mixture of two or more types.
 当該重縮合エステルを構成するジオールは、芳香族ジオール、脂肪族ジオール又は脂環式ジオールであり、好ましくは脂肪族ジオールであり、より好ましくは炭素数1~4のジオールである。ジオールは、1種類であっても、2種類以上の混合物であってもよい。 The diol constituting the polycondensed ester is an aromatic diol, an aliphatic diol or an alicyclic diol, preferably an aliphatic diol, more preferably a diol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The diol may be one type or a mixture of two or more types.
 なかでも、当該重縮合エステルは、少なくとも芳香族ジカルボン酸を含むジカルボン酸と、炭素数1~4のジオールとを反応させて得られる繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましく、芳香族ジカルボン酸と脂肪族ジカルボン酸とを含むジカルボン酸と、炭素数1~4のジオールとを反応させて得られる繰り返し単位を含むことがより好ましい。 Among them, the polycondensed ester preferably contains a repeating unit obtained by reacting at least a dicarboxylic acid containing an aromatic dicarboxylic acid and a diol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The aromatic dicarboxylic acid and the aliphatic dicarboxylic acid are preferably used. More preferably, it contains a repeating unit obtained by reacting a dicarboxylic acid containing an acid with a diol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 当該重縮合エステルの分子の両末端は、封止されていても、封止されていなくてもよいが、フィルムの透湿性を低減する観点からは、封止されていることが好ましい。 The both ends of the molecule of the polycondensed ester may or may not be sealed, but are preferably sealed from the viewpoint of reducing the moisture permeability of the film.
 当該重縮合エステルは、下記一般式(4)又は(5)で表される構造を有する化合物であることが好ましい。下記式において、nは1以上の整数である。 The polycondensed ester is preferably a compound having a structure represented by the following general formula (4) or (5). In the following formula, n is an integer of 1 or more.
 一般式(4) B-(G-A)-G-B
 一般式(5) C-(A-G)-A-C
 一般式(4)及び(5)のAは、炭素原子数3~20(好ましくは4~12)のアルキレンジカルボン酸から誘導される2価の基、炭素原子数4~20(好ましくは4~12)のアルケニレンジカルボン酸から誘導される2価の基、又は炭素原子数8~20(好ましくは8~12)のアリールジカルボン酸から誘導される2価の基を表す。
Formula (4) B- (GA) n -GB
Formula (5) C- (AG) n -AC
A in the general formulas (4) and (5) is a divalent group derived from an alkylene dicarboxylic acid having 3 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 4 to 12 carbon atoms), and has 4 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 4 to 4 carbon atoms). 12) a divalent group derived from an alkenylene dicarboxylic acid or a divalent group derived from an aryl dicarboxylic acid having 8 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 8 to 12).
 Aにおける炭素原子数3~20のアルキレンジカルボン酸から誘導される2価の基の例には、1,2-エタンジカルボン酸(コハク酸)、1,3-プロパンジカルボン酸(グルタル酸)、1,4-ブタンジカルボン酸(アジピン酸)、1,5-ペンタンジカルボン酸(ピメリン酸)、1,8-オクタンジカルボン酸(セバシン酸)などから誘導される2価の基が含まれる。Aにおける炭素原子数4~20のアルケニレンジカルボン酸から誘導される2価の基の例には、マレイン酸、フマル酸などから誘導される2価の基が含まれる。Aにおける炭素原子数8~20のアリールジカルボン酸から誘導される2価の基の例には、1,2-ベンゼンジカルボン酸(フタル酸)、1,3-ベンゼンジカルボン酸、1,4-ベンゼンジカルボン酸、1,5-ナフタレンジカルボン酸などのナフタレンジカルボン酸などから誘導される2価の基が含まれる。 Examples of the divalent group derived from an alkylenedicarboxylic acid having 3 to 20 carbon atoms in A include 1,2-ethanedicarboxylic acid (succinic acid), 1,3-propanedicarboxylic acid (glutaric acid), 1 Divalent groups derived from 1,4-butanedicarboxylic acid (adipic acid), 1,5-pentanedicarboxylic acid (pimelic acid), 1,8-octanedicarboxylic acid (sebacic acid) and the like are included. Examples of the divalent group derived from alkenylene dicarboxylic acid having 4 to 20 carbon atoms in A include a divalent group derived from maleic acid, fumaric acid and the like. Examples of divalent groups derived from aryl dicarboxylic acids having 8 to 20 carbon atoms in A include 1,2-benzenedicarboxylic acid (phthalic acid), 1,3-benzenedicarboxylic acid, 1,4-benzene. Divalent groups derived from naphthalenedicarboxylic acid such as dicarboxylic acid and 1,5-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid are included.
 Aは、1種類であっても、2種類以上が組み合わされてもよい。なかでも、Aは、炭素原子数4~12のアルキレンジカルボン酸と炭素原子数8~12のアリールジカルボン酸との組み合わせが好ましい。 A may be one type or two or more types may be combined. Among these, A is preferably a combination of an alkylene dicarboxylic acid having 4 to 12 carbon atoms and an aryl dicarboxylic acid having 8 to 12 carbon atoms.
 一般式(4)及び(5)のGは、炭素原子数2~20(好ましくは2~12)のアルキレングリコールから誘導される2価の基、炭素原子数6~20(好ましくは6~12)のアリールグリコールから誘導される2価の基、又は炭素原子数4~20(好ましくは4~12)のオキシアルキレングリコールから誘導される2価の基を表す。 G in the general formulas (4) and (5) is a divalent group derived from an alkylene glycol having 2 to 20 (preferably 2 to 12) carbon atoms, and has 6 to 20 (preferably 6 to 12) carbon atoms. ) Or a divalent group derived from an oxyalkylene glycol having 4 to 20 (preferably 4 to 12) carbon atoms.
 Gにおける炭素原子数2~20のアルキレングリコールから誘導される2価の基の例には、エチレングリコール、1,2-プロピレングリコール、1,3-プロピレングリコール、1,2-ブタンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,2-プロパンジオール、2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、2,2-ジメチル-1,3-プロパンジオール(ネオペンチルグリコール)、2,2-ジエチル-1,3-プロパンジオール(3,3-ジメチロールペンタン)、2-n-ブチル-2-エチル-1,3-プロパンジオール(3,3-ジメチロールヘプタン)、3-メチル-1,5-ペンタンジオール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、2,2,4-トリメチル-1,3-ペンタンジオール、2-エチル-1,3-ヘキサンジオール、2-メチル-1,8-オクタンジオール、1,9-ノナンジオール、1,10-デカンジオール、及び1,12-オクタデカンジオール等から誘導される2価の基が含まれる。 Examples of the divalent group derived from an alkylene glycol having 2 to 20 carbon atoms in G include ethylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1,3-propylene glycol, 1,2-butanediol, 1, 3-butanediol, 1,2-propanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol ( Neopentyl glycol), 2,2-diethyl-1,3-propanediol (3,3-dimethylolpentane), 2-n-butyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol (3,3-dimethylol) Heptane), 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanedio , 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol, 1,9-nonanediol, 1,10-decanediol, 1,12-octadecanediol, etc. Divalent groups are included.
 Gにおける炭素原子数6~20のアリールグリコールから誘導される2価の基の例には、1,2-ジヒドロキシベンゼン(カテコール)、1,3-ジヒドロキシベンゼン(レゾルシノール)、1,4-ジヒドロキシベンゼン(ヒドロキノン)などから誘導される2価の基が含まれる。Gにおける炭素原子数が4~12のオキシアルキレングリコールから誘導される2価の基の例には、ジエチレングルコール、トリエチレングリコール、テトラエチレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、トリプロピレングリコールなどから誘導される2価の基が含まれる。 Examples of divalent groups derived from aryl glycols having 6 to 20 carbon atoms in G include 1,2-dihydroxybenzene (catechol), 1,3-dihydroxybenzene (resorcinol), 1,4-dihydroxybenzene Divalent groups derived from (hydroquinone) and the like are included. Examples of the divalent group derived from oxyalkylene glycol having 4 to 12 carbon atoms in G are derived from diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol and the like. Divalent groups are included.
 Gは、1種類であっても、2種類以上が組み合わされてもよい。なかでも、Gは、炭素原子数2~12のアルキレングリコールであることが好ましい。 G may be one type or two or more types may be combined. Among these, G is preferably an alkylene glycol having 2 to 12 carbon atoms.
 一般式(4)のBは、芳香環含有モノカルボン酸又は脂肪族モノカルボン酸から誘導される1価の基である。 B in the general formula (4) is a monovalent group derived from an aromatic ring-containing monocarboxylic acid or an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid.
 芳香環含有モノカルボン酸から誘導される1価の基における芳香環含有モノカルボン酸は、分子内に芳香環を含有するカルボン酸であり、芳香環がカルボキシ基と直接結合したものだけでなく、芳香環がアルキレン基などを介してカルボキシ基と結合したものも含む。芳香環含有モノカルボン酸から誘導される1価の基の例には、安息香酸、パラターシャリブチル安息香酸、オルソトルイル酸、メタトルイル酸、パラトルイル酸、ジメチル安息香酸、エチル安息香酸、ノルマルプロピル安息香酸、アミノ安息香酸、アセトキシ安息香酸、フェニル酢酸、3-フェニルプロピオン酸などから誘導される1価の基が含まれる。 The aromatic ring-containing monocarboxylic acid in the monovalent group derived from the aromatic ring-containing monocarboxylic acid is a carboxylic acid containing an aromatic ring in the molecule, and not only those in which the aromatic ring is directly bonded to a carboxy group, Also included are those in which an aromatic ring is bonded to a carboxy group via an alkylene group or the like. Examples of monovalent groups derived from aromatic ring-containing monocarboxylic acids include benzoic acid, para-tert-butyl benzoic acid, orthotoluic acid, metatoluic acid, p-toluic acid, dimethyl benzoic acid, ethyl benzoic acid, and normal propyl benzoic acid. , Monovalent groups derived from aminobenzoic acid, acetoxybenzoic acid, phenylacetic acid, 3-phenylpropionic acid and the like.
 脂肪族モノカルボン酸から誘導される1価の基の例には、酢酸、プロピオン酸、ブタン酸、カプリル酸、カプロン酸、デカン酸、ドデカン酸、ステアリン酸、オレイン酸などから誘導される1価の基が含まれる。なかでも、アルキル部分の炭素原子数が1~3であるアルキルモノカルボン酸から誘導される1価の基が好ましく、アセチル基(酢酸から誘導される1価の基)がより好ましい。 Examples of monovalent groups derived from aliphatic monocarboxylic acids include monovalent groups derived from acetic acid, propionic acid, butanoic acid, caprylic acid, caproic acid, decanoic acid, dodecanoic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid and the like. Is included. Among these, a monovalent group derived from an alkyl monocarboxylic acid having 1 to 3 carbon atoms in the alkyl portion is preferable, and an acetyl group (a monovalent group derived from acetic acid) is more preferable.
 一般式(5)のCは、芳香環含有モノアルコール又は脂肪族モノアルコールから誘導される1価の基である。 C in the general formula (5) is a monovalent group derived from an aromatic ring-containing monoalcohol or an aliphatic monoalcohol.
 芳香環含有モノアルコールは、分子内に芳香環を含有するアルコールであり、芳香環がOH基と直接結合したものだけでなく、芳香環がアルキレン基などを介してOH基と結合したものも含む。芳香環含有モノアルコールから誘導される1価の基の例には、ベンジルアルコール、3-フェニルプロパノールなどから誘導される1価の基が含まれる。 An aromatic ring-containing monoalcohol is an alcohol containing an aromatic ring in the molecule, and includes not only those in which an aromatic ring is directly bonded to an OH group, but also those in which an aromatic ring is bonded to an OH group via an alkylene group or the like. . Examples of the monovalent group derived from an aromatic ring-containing monoalcohol include a monovalent group derived from benzyl alcohol, 3-phenylpropanol and the like.
 脂肪族モノアルコールから誘導される1価の基の例には、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、イソプロパノール、ブタノール、イソブタノール、ペンタノール、イソペンタノール、ヘキサノール、イソヘキサノール、シクロヘキシルアルコール、オクタノール、イソオクタノール、2-エチルヘキシルアルコール、ノニルアルコール、イソノニルアルコール、tert-ノニルアルコール、デカノール、ドデカノール、ドデカヘキサノール、ドデカオクタノール、アリルアルコール、オレイルアルコールなどから誘導される1価の基が含まれる。なかでも、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、イソプロパノールなどの炭素原子数1~3のアルコールから誘導される1価の基が好ましい。 Examples of monovalent groups derived from aliphatic monoalcohols include methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, isobutanol, pentanol, isopentanol, hexanol, isohexanol, cyclohexyl alcohol, octanol, isooctanol, Monovalent groups derived from 2-ethylhexyl alcohol, nonyl alcohol, isononyl alcohol, tert-nonyl alcohol, decanol, dodecanol, dodecahexanol, dodecaoctanol, allyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol and the like are included. Of these, monovalent groups derived from alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms such as methanol, ethanol, propanol and isopropanol are preferred.
 当該重縮合エステルの重量平均分子量は、350~3000の範囲であることが好ましく、400~1500の範囲であることがより好ましい。重量平均分子量が上記範囲内であれば、本発明に用いられる重縮合エステルの位相差フィルムからの析出性を満たし、目的の効果を得ることができる。重量平均分子量は前記ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)によって測定することができる。 The weight average molecular weight of the polycondensed ester is preferably in the range of 350 to 3000, and more preferably in the range of 400 to 1500. If the weight average molecular weight is within the above range, the precipitation from the retardation film of the polycondensed ester used in the present invention is satisfied, and the intended effect can be obtained. The weight average molecular weight can be measured by the gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
 当該重縮合エステルの具体例を、以下に示す。まず、「芳香族基」で両末端を封止した重縮合エステルの具体例を示す。 Specific examples of the polycondensation ester are shown below. First, a specific example of a polycondensed ester in which both ends are sealed with an “aromatic group” is shown.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 次に、「脂肪族基」で両末端を封止した重縮合エステルの具体例を、以下に示す。 Next, specific examples of the polycondensed ester having both ends sealed with an “aliphatic group” are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 P-1:アジピン酸/フタル酸/エタンジオール(1/1/2 モル比)からなる縮合物(重量平均分子量950)の両末端のアセチルエステル化体
 P-2:コハク酸/フタル酸/エタンジオール/(1/1/2 モル比)からなる縮合物(重量平均分子量2500)の両末端のアセチルエステル化体
 P-3:グルタル酸/イソフタル酸/1,3-プロパンジオール(1/1/2 モル比)からなる縮合物(重量平均分子量1300)の両末端のアセチルエステル化体
 P-4: コハク酸/グルタル酸/アジピン酸/テレフタル酸/イソフタル酸/エタンジオール/1,2-プロパンジオール(1/1/1/1/1/3/2 モル比)からなる縮合物(数平均分子量3000)の両末端のプロピルエステル化体
 P-5: コハク酸/フタル酸/エタンジオール/(1/1/2 モル比)からなる縮合物(重量平均分子量2100)の両末端のブチルエステル化体
 P-6: アジピン酸/テレフタル酸/1,2-プロパンジオール(1/1/2 モル比)からなる縮合物(数平均分子量2500)の両末端の2-エチルヘキシルエステル化体
 P-7: コハク酸/テレフタル酸/ポリ(平均重合度5)プロピレンエーテルグリコール/1,2-プロパンジオール(2/1/1/2モル比)からなる縮合物(重量平均分子量3500)の両末端の2-エチルヘキシルエステル化体
 P-8:アジピン酸/フタル酸/1,2-プロパンジオール(3/1/3 モル比)からなる縮合物(重量平均分子量490)の両末端が安息香酸エステル化体
 当該重縮合エステルの添加量は、セルロースエステルに対して0.1~20質量%の範囲で添加することが好ましく、1~15質量%の範囲で添加することがより好ましい。
P-1: acetyl esterified product of both ends of a condensate (weight average molecular weight 950) comprising adipic acid / phthalic acid / ethanediol (1/1/2 molar ratio) P-2: succinic acid / phthalic acid / ethane Acetyl esterified compound at both ends of a condensate (weight average molecular weight 2500) consisting of diol / (1/1/2 molar ratio) P-3: glutaric acid / isophthalic acid / 1,3-propanediol (1/1 / Acetyl esterified product at both ends of a condensate (weight average molecular weight 1300) consisting of 2 mole ratio) P-4: Succinic acid / glutaric acid / adipic acid / terephthalic acid / isophthalic acid / ethanediol / 1,2-propanediol Propyl ester of both ends of a condensate (number average molecular weight 3000) consisting of (1/1/1/1/1/3/2 molar ratio) P-5: Succinic acid / phthalic acid / ethane Butyl esterified product at both ends of a condensate (weight average molecular weight 2100) consisting of diol / (1/1/2 molar ratio) P-6: adipic acid / terephthalic acid / 1,2-propanediol (1/1 / 2-ethylhexyl esterified product of both ends of a condensate (number average molecular weight 2500) consisting of 2 mole ratio P-7: Succinic acid / terephthalic acid / poly (average polymerization degree 5) propylene ether glycol / 1,2-propane 2-ethylhexyl esterified product of both ends of a condensate (weight average molecular weight 3500) comprising a diol (2/1/1/2 molar ratio) P-8: adipic acid / phthalic acid / 1,2-propanediol (3 / 1/3 molar ratio) of the condensate (weight average molecular weight 490) at both ends is a benzoate ester. The amount of the polycondensation ester added to the cellulose ester Preferably added in an amount of 0.1 to 20 wt% Te, it is more preferably in the range of 1 to 15 wt%.
 〈その他の可塑剤〉
 また、他の可塑剤の例としては、多価アルコールエステル、多価カルボン酸エステル(フタル酸エステルを含む)、グリコレート化合物、及び脂肪酸エステルやリン酸エステルなどが挙げられる。これらは、単独で用いても、2種類以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
<Other plasticizers>
Examples of other plasticizers include polyhydric alcohol esters, polyhydric carboxylic acid esters (including phthalic acid esters), glycolate compounds, and fatty acid esters and phosphoric acid esters. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 多価アルコールエステルは、2価以上の脂肪族多価アルコールと、モノカルボン酸とのエステル(アルコールエステル)であり、好ましくは2~20価の脂肪族多価アルコールエステルである。多価アルコールエステルは、分子内に芳香環又はシクロアルキル環を有することが好ましい。 The polyhydric alcohol ester is an ester (alcohol ester) of a dihydric or higher aliphatic polyhydric alcohol and a monocarboxylic acid, preferably a divalent to 20-valent aliphatic polyhydric alcohol ester. The polyhydric alcohol ester preferably has an aromatic ring or a cycloalkyl ring in the molecule.
 脂肪族多価アルコールの好ましい例には、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、テトラエチレングリコール、1,2-プロパンジオール、1,3-プロパンジオール、ジプロピレングリコール、トリプロピレングリコール、1,2-ブタンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、ジブチレングリコール、1,2,4-ブタントリオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、ヘキサントリオール、トリメチロールプロパン、ペンタエリスリトール、トリメチロールエタン、キシリトール等が含まれる。なかでも、トリエチレングリコール、テトラエチレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、トリプロピレングリコール、ソルビトール、トリメチロールプロパン、キシリトールなどが好ましい。 Preferred examples of the aliphatic polyhydric alcohol include ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, 1,2- Butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, dibutylene glycol, 1,2,4-butanetriol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, hexanetriol, trimethylolpropane , Pentaerythritol, trimethylolethane, xylitol and the like. Of these, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, sorbitol, trimethylolpropane, xylitol and the like are preferable.
 モノカルボン酸は、特に制限はなく、脂肪族モノカルボン酸、脂環式モノカルボン酸又は芳香族モノカルボン酸等でありうる。フィルムの透湿性を高め、かつ揮発しにくくするためには、脂環式モノカルボン酸又は芳香族モノカルボン酸が好ましい。モノカルボン酸は、1種類であってもよいし、2種以上の混合物であってもよい。また、脂肪族多価アルコールに含まれるOH基の全部をエステル化してもよいし、一部をOH基のままで残してもよい。 The monocarboxylic acid is not particularly limited, and may be an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid, an alicyclic monocarboxylic acid, an aromatic monocarboxylic acid, or the like. In order to increase the moisture permeability of the film and make it less likely to volatilize, alicyclic monocarboxylic acids or aromatic monocarboxylic acids are preferred. One type of monocarboxylic acid may be sufficient and a 2 or more types of mixture may be sufficient as it. Further, all of the OH groups contained in the aliphatic polyhydric alcohol may be esterified, or a part of the OH groups may be left as they are.
 脂肪族モノカルボン酸は、炭素数1~32の直鎖又は側鎖を有する脂肪酸であることが好ましい。脂肪族モノカルボン酸の炭素数はより好ましくは1~20であり、さらに好ましくは1~10である。脂肪族モノカルボン酸の例には、酢酸、プロピオン酸、酪酸、吉草酸、カプロン酸、エナント酸、カプリル酸、ペラルゴン酸、カプリン酸、2-エチル-ヘキサン酸、ウンデシル酸、ラウリン酸、トリデシル酸、ミリスチン酸、ペンタデシル酸、パルミチン酸、ヘプタデシル酸、ステアリン酸、ノナデカン酸、アラキン酸、ベヘン酸、リグノセリン酸、セロチン酸、ヘプタコサン酸、モンタン酸、メリシン酸、ラクセル酸等の飽和脂肪酸;ウンデシレン酸、オレイン酸、ソルビン酸、リノール酸、リノレン酸、アラキドン酸等の不飽和脂肪酸等が含まれる。なかでも、セルロースアセテートとの相溶性を高めるためには、酢酸、又は酢酸とその他のモノカルボン酸との混合物が好ましい。 The aliphatic monocarboxylic acid is preferably a fatty acid having a straight chain or a side chain having 1 to 32 carbon atoms. The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic monocarboxylic acid is more preferably 1-20, and still more preferably 1-10. Examples of aliphatic monocarboxylic acids include acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, valeric acid, caproic acid, enanthic acid, caprylic acid, pelargonic acid, capric acid, 2-ethyl-hexanoic acid, undecylic acid, lauric acid, tridecylic acid , Saturated fatty acids such as myristic acid, pentadecylic acid, palmitic acid, heptadecylic acid, stearic acid, nonadecanoic acid, arachidic acid, behenic acid, lignoceric acid, serotic acid, heptacosanoic acid, montanic acid, melicic acid, and laccelic acid; undecylenic acid, Examples include unsaturated fatty acids such as oleic acid, sorbic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, and arachidonic acid. Of these, acetic acid or a mixture of acetic acid and other monocarboxylic acid is preferable in order to enhance the compatibility with cellulose acetate.
 脂環式モノカルボン酸の例には、シクロペンタンカルボン酸、シクロヘキサンカルボン酸、シクロオクタンカルボン酸などが含まれる。 Examples of the alicyclic monocarboxylic acid include cyclopentane carboxylic acid, cyclohexane carboxylic acid, cyclooctane carboxylic acid and the like.
 芳香族モノカルボン酸の例には、安息香酸;安息香酸のベンゼン環にアルキル基又はアルコキシ基(例えばメトキシ基やエトキシ基)を1~3個を導入したもの(例えばトルイル酸など);ベンゼン環を2個以上有する芳香族モノカルボン酸(例えばビフェニルカルボン酸、ナフタリンカルボン酸、テトラリンカルボン酸など)が含まれ、好ましくは安息香酸である。 Examples of aromatic monocarboxylic acids include benzoic acid; one having 1 to 3 alkyl or alkoxy groups (for example, methoxy group or ethoxy group) introduced into the benzene ring of benzoic acid (for example, toluic acid); benzene ring Aromatic monocarboxylic acids having two or more (for example, biphenyl carboxylic acid, naphthalene carboxylic acid, tetralin carboxylic acid, etc.) are included, and benzoic acid is preferred.
 多価アルコールエステルの具体例は、特開2006-113239号公報段落〔0058〕~〔0061〕記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the polyhydric alcohol ester include compounds described in paragraphs [0058] to [0061] of JP-A-2006-113239.
 多価カルボン酸エステルは、2価以上、好ましくは2~20価の多価カルボン酸と、アルコール化合物とのエステルである。多価カルボン酸は、2~20価の脂肪族多価カルボン酸であるか、3~20価の芳香族多価カルボン酸又は3~20価の脂環式多価カルボン酸であることが好ましい。 The polyvalent carboxylic acid ester is an ester of a divalent or higher, preferably 2 to 20 valent polycarboxylic acid and an alcohol compound. The polyvalent carboxylic acid is preferably a divalent to 20-valent aliphatic polyvalent carboxylic acid, a 3- to 20-valent aromatic polyvalent carboxylic acid, or a 3- to 20-valent alicyclic polyvalent carboxylic acid. .
 多価カルボン酸の例には、トリメリット酸、トリメシン酸、ピロメリット酸のような3価以上の芳香族多価カルボン酸又はその誘導体、コハク酸、アジピン酸、アゼライン酸、セバシン酸、シュウ酸、フマル酸、マレイン酸、テトラヒドロフタル酸のような脂肪族多価カルボン酸、酒石酸、タルトロン酸、リンゴ酸、クエン酸のようなオキシ多価カルボン酸などが含まれ、フィルムからの揮発を抑制するためには、オキシ多価カルボン酸が好ましい。 Examples of polyvalent carboxylic acids include trivalent or higher aromatic polyvalent carboxylic acids or derivatives such as trimellitic acid, trimesic acid, pyromellitic acid, succinic acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, oxalic acid Contains aliphatic polycarboxylic acids such as fumaric acid, maleic acid, and tetrahydrophthalic acid, and oxypolycarboxylic acids such as tartaric acid, tartronic acid, malic acid, and citric acid, and suppresses volatilization from the film. For this, oxypolycarboxylic acids are preferred.
 アルコール化合物の例には、直鎖もしくは側鎖を有する脂肪族飽和アルコール化合物、直鎖もしくは側鎖を有する脂肪族不飽和アルコール化合物、脂環式アルコール化合物又は芳香族アルコール化合物などが含まれる。脂肪族飽和アルコール化合物又は脂肪族不飽和アルコール化合物の炭素数は、好ましくは1~32であり、より好ましくは1~20であり、さらに好ましくは1~10である。脂環式アルコール化合物の例には、シクロペンタノール、シクロヘキサノールなどが含まれる。芳香族アルコール化合物の例には、ベンジルアルコール、シンナミルアルコールなどが含まれる。 Examples of the alcohol compound include an aliphatic saturated alcohol compound having a straight chain or a side chain, an aliphatic unsaturated alcohol compound having a straight chain or a side chain, an alicyclic alcohol compound, or an aromatic alcohol compound. The carbon number of the aliphatic saturated alcohol compound or the aliphatic unsaturated alcohol compound is preferably 1 to 32, more preferably 1 to 20, and further preferably 1 to 10. Examples of the alicyclic alcohol compound include cyclopentanol, cyclohexanol and the like. Examples of the aromatic alcohol compound include benzyl alcohol and cinnamyl alcohol.
 多価カルボン酸エステルの分子量は、特に制限はないが、300~1000の範囲であることが好ましく、350~750の範囲であることがより好ましい。多価カルボン酸エステル系可塑剤の分子量は、ブリードアウトを抑制する観点では、大きいほうが好ましく;透湿性やセルロースアセテートとの相溶性の観点では、小さいほうが好ましい。 The molecular weight of the polyvalent carboxylic acid ester is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 300 to 1000, more preferably in the range of 350 to 750. The molecular weight of the polyvalent carboxylic acid ester plasticizer is preferably larger from the viewpoint of suppressing bleeding out; it is preferably smaller from the viewpoint of moisture permeability and compatibility with cellulose acetate.
 多価カルボン酸エステルの例には、トリエチルシトレート、トリブチルシトレート、アセチルトリエチルシトレート(ATEC)、アセチルトリブチルシトレート(ATBC)、ベンゾイルトリブチルシトレート、アセチルトリフェニルシトレート、アセチルトリベンジルシトレート、酒石酸ジブチル、酒石酸ジアセチルジブチル、トリメリット酸トリブチル、ピロメリット酸テトラブチル等が含まれる。 Examples of polycarboxylic acid esters include triethyl citrate, tributyl citrate, acetyl triethyl citrate (ATEC), acetyl tributyl citrate (ATBC), benzoyl tributyl citrate, acetyl triphenyl citrate, acetyl tribenzyl citrate , Dibutyl tartrate, diacetyl dibutyl tartrate, tributyl trimellitic acid, tetrabutyl pyromellitic acid and the like.
 多価カルボン酸エステルは、フタル酸エステルであってもよい。フタル酸エステルの例には、ジエチルフタレート、ジメトキシエチルフタレート、ジメチルフタレート、ジオクチルフタレート、ジブチルフタレート、ジ-2-エチルヘキシルフタレート、ジオクチルフタレート、ジシクロヘキシルフタレート、ジシクロヘキシルテレフタレート等が含まれる。 The polyvalent carboxylic acid ester may be a phthalic acid ester. Examples of the phthalic acid ester include diethyl phthalate, dimethoxyethyl phthalate, dimethyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, dibutyl phthalate, di-2-ethylhexyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, dicyclohexyl phthalate, dicyclohexyl terephthalate and the like.
 グリコレート化合物の例には、アルキルフタリルアルキルグリコレート類が含まれる。アルキルフタリルアルキルグリコレート類の例には、メチルフタリルメチルグリコレート、エチルフタリルエチルグリコレート、プロピルフタリルプロピルグリコレート、ブチルフタリルブチルグリコレート、オクチルフタリルオクチルグリコレート、メチルフタリルエチルグリコレート、エチルフタリルメチルグリコレート、エチルフタリルプロピルグリコレート、メチルフタリルブチルグリコレート、エチルフタリルブチルグリコレート、ブチルフタリルメチルグリコレート、ブチルフタリルエチルグリコレート、プロピルフタリルブチルグリコレート、ブチルフタリルプロピルグリコレート、メチルフタリルオクチルグリコレート、エチルフタリルオクチルグリコレート、オクチルフタリルメチルグリコレート、オクチルフタリルエチルグリコレート等が含まれ、好ましくはエチルフタリルエチルグリコレートである。 Examples of glycolate compounds include alkylphthalyl alkyl glycolates. Examples of alkyl phthalyl alkyl glycolates include methyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate, propyl phthalyl propyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, octyl phthalyl octyl glycolate, methyl phthalyl Ethyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl propyl glycolate, methyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl butyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, butyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate, propyl phthalyl butyl Glycolate, butyl phthalyl propyl glycolate, methyl phthalyl octyl glycolate, ethyl phthalyl octyl glycolate, octyl phthalyl methyl glycolate, octyl phthalyl ethyl Glycolate and the like, preferably ethyl phthalyl ethyl glycolate.
 エステルには、脂肪酸エステル、クエン酸エステルやリン酸エステルなどが含まれる。 Esters include fatty acid esters, citrate esters and phosphate esters.
 脂肪酸エステルの例には、オレイン酸ブチル、リシノール酸メチルアセチル、及びセバシン酸ジブチル等が含まれる。クエン酸エステルの例には、クエン酸アセチルトリメチル、クエン酸アセチルトリエチル、及びクエン酸アセチルトリブチル等が含まれる。リン酸エステルの例には、トリフェニルホスフェート、トリクレジルホスフェート、クレジルジフェニルホスフェート、オクチルジフェニルホスフェート、ビフェニルジフェニルホスフェート、トリオクチルホスフェート、及びトリブチルホスフェート等が含まれ、好ましくはトリフェニルホスフェートである。 Examples of fatty acid esters include butyl oleate, methylacetyl ricinoleate, and dibutyl sebacate. Examples of the citrate ester include acetyltrimethyl citrate, acetyltriethyl citrate, and acetyltributyl citrate. Examples of the phosphate ester include triphenyl phosphate, tricresyl phosphate, cresyl diphenyl phosphate, octyl diphenyl phosphate, biphenyl diphenyl phosphate, trioctyl phosphate, tributyl phosphate, and the like, and preferably triphenyl phosphate.
 なかでも、ポリエステル、グリコレート化合物、リン酸エステルが好ましく、ポリエステルが特に好ましい。 Of these, polyester, glycolate compound, and phosphate ester are preferable, and polyester is particularly preferable.
 可塑剤の含有量は、セルロースエステルに対して好ましくは1~20質量%の範囲であり、より好ましくは1.5~15質量%の範囲である。可塑剤の含有量が上記範囲内であると、可塑性の付与効果が発現でき、また可塑剤の耐染みだし性にも優れる。 The content of the plasticizer is preferably in the range of 1 to 20% by mass, more preferably in the range of 1.5 to 15% by mass with respect to the cellulose ester. When the content of the plasticizer is within the above range, the effect of imparting plasticity can be exhibited, and the plasticizer is also excellent in resistance to bleeding.
 〈酸化防止剤〉
 酸化防止剤は劣化防止剤ともいわれる。高湿高温の状態に液晶画像表示装置などがおかれた場合には、位相差フィルムの劣化が起こる場合がある。
<Antioxidant>
Antioxidants are also referred to as deterioration inhibitors. When a liquid crystal image display device or the like is placed in a high humidity and high temperature state, the retardation film may be deteriorated.
 酸化防止剤は、例えば、位相差フィルム中の残留溶媒量のハロゲンやリン酸系可塑剤のリン酸等により位相差フィルムが分解するのを遅らせたり、防いだりする役割を有するので、位相差フィルム中に含有させるのが好ましい。 The antioxidant has a role of delaying or preventing the retardation film from being decomposed by, for example, the residual solvent amount of halogen in the retardation film or phosphoric acid of the phosphoric acid plasticizer. It is preferable to make it contain in.
 このような酸化防止剤としては、ヒンダードフェノール系の化合物が好ましく用いられ、例えば、2,6-ジ-t-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ペンタエリスリチル-テトラキス〔3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕、トリエチレングリコール-ビス〔3-(3-t-ブチル-5-メチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕、1,6-ヘキサンジオール-ビス〔3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕、2,4-ビス-(n-オクチルチオ)-6-(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジ-t-ブチルアニリノ)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2,2-チオ-ジエチレンビス〔3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕、オクタデシル-3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート、N,N′-ヘキサメチレンビス(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-ヒドロシンナマミド)、1,3,5-トリメチル-2,4,6-トリス(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)ベンゼン、トリス-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-イソシアヌレート等を挙げることができる。 As such an antioxidant, a hindered phenol compound is preferably used. For example, 2,6-di-t-butyl-p-cresol, pentaerythrityl-tetrakis [3- (3,5-di- -T-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], triethylene glycol-bis [3- (3-t-butyl-5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], 1,6-hexanediol-bis [3 -(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], 2,4-bis- (n-octylthio) -6- (4-hydroxy-3,5-di-t-butylanilino)- 1,3,5-triazine, 2,2-thio-diethylenebis [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], oct Decyl-3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate, N, N'-hexamethylenebis (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxy-hydrocinnamamide) 1,3,5-trimethyl-2,4,6-tris (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) benzene, tris- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxy Benzyl) -isocyanurate and the like.
 特に、2,6-ジ-t-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ペンタエリスリチル-テトラキス〔3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕、トリエチレングリコール-ビス〔3-(3-t-ブチル-5-メチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕が好ましい。また、例えば、N,N′-ビス〔3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオニル〕ヒドラジン等のヒドラジン系の金属不活性剤やトリス(2,4-ジ-t-ブチルフェニル)ホスファイト等のリン系加工安定剤を併用してもよい。 In particular, 2,6-di-t-butyl-p-cresol, pentaerythrityl-tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], triethylene glycol-bis [3 -(3-tert-butyl-5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] is preferred. Further, for example, hydrazine-based metal deactivators such as N, N′-bis [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionyl] hydrazine and tris (2,4-di- A phosphorus processing stabilizer such as t-butylphenyl) phosphite may be used in combination.
 これらの化合物の添加量は、セルロースエステルに対して質量割合で1ppm~1.0%の範囲が好ましく、10~1000ppmの範囲が更に好ましい。 The amount of these compounds added is preferably in the range of 1 ppm to 1.0% by mass ratio with respect to the cellulose ester, and more preferably in the range of 10 to 1000 ppm.
 〈紫外線吸収剤〉
 本発明の位相差フィルムは、紫外線吸収機能を付与することを目的として、紫外線吸収剤を含有することができる。
<Ultraviolet absorber>
The retardation film of the present invention can contain an ultraviolet absorber for the purpose of imparting an ultraviolet absorbing function.
 紫外線吸収剤としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、ベンゾトリアゾール系、2-ヒドロキシベンゾフェノン系又はサリチル酸フェニルエステル系等の紫外線吸収剤が挙げられる。例えば、2-(5-メチル-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-[2-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ビス(α,α-ジメチルベンジル)フェニル]-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール等のトリアゾール類、2-ヒドロキシ-4-メトキシベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-オクトキシベンゾフェノン、2,2′-ジヒドロキシ-4-メトキシベンゾフェノン等のベンゾフェノン類を例示することができる。 The ultraviolet absorber is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an ultraviolet absorber such as benzotriazole, 2-hydroxybenzophenone, or salicylic acid phenyl ester. For example, 2- (5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- [2-hydroxy-3,5-bis (α, α-dimethylbenzyl) phenyl] -2H-benzotriazole, 2- (3 Triazoles such as 5-di-t-butyl-2-hydroxyphenyl) benzotriazole, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-octoxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone And benzophenones.
 なお、紫外線吸収剤のうちでも、分子量が400以上の紫外線吸収剤は、昇華しにくいか、又は高沸点で揮発しにくく、フィルムの高温乾燥時にも飛散しにくいため、比較的少量の添加で効果的に耐候性を改良することができる観点から好ましい。 Among UV absorbers, UV absorbers with a molecular weight of 400 or more are difficult to sublimate or volatilize at a high boiling point, and are difficult to disperse when dried at high temperatures. From the viewpoint of improving weather resistance, it is preferable.
 分子量が400以上の紫外線吸収剤としては、例えば、2-[2-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ビス(α,α-ジメチルベンジル)フェニル]-2-ベンゾトリアゾール、2,2-メチレンビス[4-(1,1,3,3-テトラブチル)-6-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェノール]等のベンゾトリアゾール系、ビス(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)セバケート、ビス(1,2,2,6,6-ペンタメチル-4-ピペリジル)セバケート等のヒンダードアミン系、さらには2-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-2-n-ブチルマロン酸ビス(1,2,2,6,6-ペンタメチル-4-ピペリジル)、1-[2-[3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオニルオキシ]エチル]-4-[3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオニルオキシ]-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン等の分子内にヒンダードフェノールとヒンダードアミンの構造を共に有するハイブリッド系のものが挙げられ、これらは単独で、又は2種以上を併用して使用することができる。これらのうちでも、2-[2-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ビス(α,α-ジメチルベンジル)フェニル]-2-ベンゾトリアゾールや2,2-メチレンビス[4-(1,1,3,3-テトラブチル)-6-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェノール]が、特に好ましい。 Examples of the ultraviolet absorber having a molecular weight of 400 or more include 2- [2-hydroxy-3,5-bis (α, α-dimethylbenzyl) phenyl] -2-benzotriazole, 2,2-methylenebis [4- ( Benzotriazoles such as 1,1,3,3-tetrabutyl) -6- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenol], bis (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, Hindered amines such as bis (1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate and 2- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) -2-n-butyl Bis (1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) malonate, 1- [2- [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionylo Xyl] ethyl] -4- [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionyloxy] -2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine The thing of the hybrid type | system | group which has the structure of a hindered amine is mentioned, These can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types. Among these, 2- [2-hydroxy-3,5-bis (α, α-dimethylbenzyl) phenyl] -2-benzotriazole and 2,2-methylenebis [4- (1,1,3,3- Tetrabutyl) -6- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenol] is particularly preferred.
 これら紫外線吸収剤としては、市販品を用いてもよく、例えば、BASFジャパン社製のチヌビン109、チヌビン171、チヌビン234、チヌビン326、チヌビン327、チヌビン328、チヌビン928等のチヌビンシリーズ、又は2,2′-メチレンビス[6-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-4-(1,1,3,3-テトラメチルブチル)フェノール](分子量659;市販品の例としては、株式会社ADEKA製のLA31)を好ましく使用できる。 As these ultraviolet absorbers, commercially available products may be used. For example, Tinuvin 109, Tinuvin 171, Tinuvin 234, Tinuvin 326, Tinuvin 327, Tinuvin 328, Tinuvin 928, etc. manufactured by BASF Japan, or 2, 2'-methylenebis [6- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) -4- (1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl) phenol] (molecular weight 659; examples of commercially available products are manufactured by ADEKA Corporation LA31) can be preferably used.
 上記紫外線吸収剤は、1種単独で又は2種以上組み合わせて用いることができる。 The ultraviolet absorbers can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
 紫外線吸収剤の使用量は、紫外線吸収剤の種類、使用条件等により一様ではないが、一般には、セルロースアセテートに対して、0.05~10質量%、好ましくは0.1~5質量%の範囲で添加される。 The amount of the UV absorber used is not uniform depending on the type of UV absorber and the use conditions, but generally 0.05 to 10% by weight, preferably 0.1 to 5% by weight, based on cellulose acetate. It is added in the range of.
 紫外線吸収剤の添加方法は、メタノール、エタノール、ブタノール等のアルコールやメチレンクロライド、酢酸メチル、アセトン、ジオキソラン等の有機溶媒又はこれらの混合溶媒に紫外線吸収剤を溶解してからドープに添加するか、又は直接ドープ組成中に添加してもよい。 The method of adding the UV absorber may be added to the dope after the UV absorber is dissolved in an alcohol such as methanol, ethanol or butanol, an organic solvent such as methylene chloride, methyl acetate, acetone or dioxolane, or a mixed solvent thereof. Or you may add directly in dope composition.
 無機粉体のように有機溶剤に溶解しないものは、有機溶剤とセルロースアセテート中にディゾルバーやサンドミルを使用し、分散してからドープに添加する。 For inorganic powders that do not dissolve in organic solvents, use a dissolver or sand mill in the organic solvent and cellulose acetate to disperse them before adding them to the dope.
 〈微粒子(マット剤)〉
 本発明の位相差フィルムは、表面の滑り性を高めるため、必要に応じて微粒子(マット剤)をさらに含有してもよい。
<Fine particles (matting agent)>
The retardation film of the present invention may further contain fine particles (matting agent) as necessary in order to enhance the slipperiness of the surface.
 微粒子は、無機微粒子であっても有機微粒子であってもよい。無機微粒子の例には、二酸化ケイ素(シリカ)、二酸化チタン、酸化アルミニウム、酸化ジルコニウム、炭酸カルシウム、炭酸カルシウム、タルク、クレイ、焼成カオリン、焼成ケイ酸カルシウム、水和ケイ酸カルシウム、ケイ酸アルミニウム、ケイ酸マグネシウム及びリン酸カルシウムなどが含まれる。なかでも、二酸化ケイ素や酸化ジルコニウムが好ましく、得られるフィルムのヘイズの増大を少なくするためには、より好ましくは二酸化ケイ素である。 The fine particles may be inorganic fine particles or organic fine particles. Examples of inorganic fine particles include silicon dioxide (silica), titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, calcium carbonate, calcium carbonate, talc, clay, calcined kaolin, calcined calcium silicate, hydrated calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, Examples include magnesium silicate and calcium phosphate. Among these, silicon dioxide and zirconium oxide are preferable, and silicon dioxide is more preferable in order to reduce the increase in haze of the obtained film.
 二酸化ケイ素の微粒子の例には、アエロジルR972、R972V、R974、R812、200、200V、300、R202、OX50、TT600、NAX50(以上日本アエロジル(株)製)、シーホスターKE-P10、KE-P30、KE-P50、KE-P100(以上日本触媒(株)製)などが含まれる。なかでも、アエロジルR972V、NAX50、シーホスターKE-P30などが、得られるフィルムの濁度を低く保ちつつ、摩擦係数を低減させるため特に好ましい。 Examples of the fine particles of silicon dioxide include Aerosil R972, R972V, R974, R812, 200, 200V, 300, R202, OX50, TT600, NAX50 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.), Seahoster KE-P10, KE-P30, KE-P50, KE-P100 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.) and the like are included. Of these, Aerosil R972V, NAX50, Seahoster KE-P30 and the like are particularly preferable because they reduce the coefficient of friction while keeping the turbidity of the resulting film low.
 微粒子の一次粒子径は、5~50nmの範囲であることが好ましく、7~20nmの範囲であることがより好ましい。一次粒子径が大きいほうが、得られるフィルムの滑り性を高める効果は大きいが、透明性が低下しやすい。そのため、微粒子は、粒子径0.05~0.3μmの範囲の二次凝集体として含有されていてもよい。微粒子の一次粒子又はその二次凝集体の大きさは、透過型電子顕微鏡にて倍率50万~200万倍で一次粒子又は二次凝集体を観察し、一次粒子又は二次凝集体100個の粒子径の平均値として求めることができる。 The primary particle diameter of the fine particles is preferably in the range of 5 to 50 nm, more preferably in the range of 7 to 20 nm. A larger primary particle size has a greater effect of increasing the slipperiness of the resulting film, but transparency tends to decrease. Therefore, the fine particles may be contained as secondary aggregates having a particle diameter in the range of 0.05 to 0.3 μm. The size of the primary particles or the secondary aggregates of the fine particles was determined by observing the primary particles or secondary aggregates with a transmission electron microscope at a magnification of 500,000 to 2,000,000 times, and measuring 100 primary particles or secondary aggregates. It can be determined as an average value of the particle diameter.
 微粒子の含有量はセルロースエステルに対して0.05~1.0質量%の範囲であることが好ましく、0.1~0.8質量%の範囲であることがより好ましい。 The content of fine particles is preferably in the range of 0.05 to 1.0% by mass, more preferably in the range of 0.1 to 0.8% by mass with respect to the cellulose ester.
 ≪位相差フィルムの製造方法≫
 本発明の位相差フィルムの製造方法としては、通常のインフレーション法、T-ダイ法、カレンダー法、切削法、流延法、エマルジョン法、ホットプレス法等の製造法が使用できるが、着色抑制、異物欠点の抑制、ダイラインなどの光学欠点の抑制などの観点から製膜方法は、溶液流延製膜法と溶融流延製膜法が選択でき、特に溶液流延製膜法であることが、均一で平滑な表面を得ることができる観点から好ましい。
≪Method for producing retardation film≫
As the method for producing the retardation film of the present invention, the usual inflation method, T-die method, calendar method, cutting method, casting method, emulsion method, hot press method and the like can be used. From the viewpoint of suppression of foreign matter defects, suppression of optical defects such as die lines, etc., a film casting method can be selected from a solution casting film forming method and a melt casting film forming method, and in particular, a solution casting film forming method, It is preferable from the viewpoint that a uniform and smooth surface can be obtained.
 以下、本発明の位相差フィルムを溶液流延法で製造する製造例について説明する。 Hereinafter, production examples for producing the retardation film of the present invention by the solution casting method will be described.
 本発明の位相差フィルムの製造は、少なくとも樹脂Aであるセルロースアセテート及び樹脂Bであるセルロースエステル、リターデーション上昇剤及び添加剤等を溶媒に溶解させてドープを調製し、濾過する工程、調製したドープをベルト状若しくはドラム状の金属支持体上に流延しウェブを形成する工程、形成したウェブを金属支持体から剥離してフィルムとする工程、前記フィルムを延伸、乾燥する工程、及び乾燥させたフィルムを冷却後ロール状に巻き取る工程により行われる。本発明の位相差フィルムは固形分中に好ましくは樹脂A及び樹脂Bで特定されるセルロースエステルを60~95質量%の範囲で含有するものである。 The phase difference film of the present invention was prepared by preparing a dope by dissolving at least cellulose acetate as resin A and cellulose ester as resin B, a retardation increasing agent and an additive in a solvent, and preparing a filtration. Casting the dope on a belt-shaped or drum-shaped metal support to form a web, peeling the formed web from the metal support to form a film, stretching and drying the film, and drying The film is cooled and wound into a roll. The retardation film of the present invention preferably contains a cellulose ester specified by Resin A and Resin B in the solid content in the range of 60 to 95% by mass.
 以下、各工程について説明する。 Hereinafter, each process will be described.
 (1)溶解工程
 セルロースエステルに対する良溶媒を主とする有機溶媒に、溶解釜中で当該セルロースエステル、場合によって、本発明に係るリターデーション上昇剤、糖エステル、重縮合エステル、又はその他の化合物を撹拌しながら溶解しドープを形成する工程、又は当該セルロースエステル溶液に、前記リターデーション上昇剤、糖エステル、重縮合エステル又はその他の化合物溶液を混合して主溶解液であるドープを形成する工程である。
(1) Dissolution process The organic ester mainly composed of a good solvent for the cellulose ester, the cellulose ester in a dissolution vessel, and in some cases, the retardation increasing agent, sugar ester, polycondensation ester, or other compound according to the present invention. In the step of dissolving with stirring to form a dope, or in the step of forming a dope which is a main solution by mixing the retardation increasing agent, sugar ester, polycondensation ester or other compound solution with the cellulose ester solution. is there.
 本発明の位相差フィルムを溶液流延法で製造する場合、ドープを形成するのに有用な有機溶媒は、セルロースエステル、リターデーション上昇剤及びその他の化合物を同時に溶解するものであれば制限なく用いることができる。 When the retardation film of the present invention is produced by a solution casting method, an organic solvent useful for forming a dope is used without limitation as long as it dissolves a cellulose ester, a retardation increasing agent and other compounds at the same time. be able to.
 例えば、塩素系有機溶媒としては、塩化メチレン、非塩素系有機溶媒としては、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸アミル、アセトン、テトラヒドロフラン、1,3-ジオキソラン、1,4-ジオキサン、シクロヘキサノン、ギ酸エチル、2,2,2-トリフルオロエタノール、2,2,3,3-ヘキサフルオロ-1-プロパノール、1,3-ジフルオロ-2-プロパノール、1,1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフルオロ-2-メチル-2-プロパノール、1,1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフルオロ-2-プロパノール、2,2,3,3,3-ペンタフルオロ-1-プロパノール、ニトロエタン等を挙げることができ、例えば主たる溶媒として、塩化メチレン、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、アセトンを好ましく使用することができ、塩化メチレン又は酢酸エチルであることが特に好ましい。 For example, as a chlorinated organic solvent, methylene chloride, as a non-chlorinated organic solvent, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, amyl acetate, acetone, tetrahydrofuran, 1,3-dioxolane, 1,4-dioxane, cyclohexanone, ethyl formate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol, 2,2,3,3-hexafluoro-1-propanol, 1,3-difluoro-2-propanol, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro- 2-methyl-2-propanol, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol, 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoro-1-propanol, nitroethane, etc. For example, methylene chloride, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, and acetone can be preferably used as the main solvent. Particularly preferably ethyl acetate.
 ドープには、上記有機溶媒の他に、1~40質量%の範囲の炭素原子数1~4の直鎖又は分岐鎖状の脂肪族アルコールを含有させることが好ましい。ドープ中のアルコールの比率が高くなるとウェブがゲル化し、金属支持体からの剥離が容易になり、また、アルコールの割合が少ないときは非塩素系有機溶媒系でのセルロースエステル及びその他の化合物の溶解を促進する役割もある。本発明の位相差フィルムの製膜においては、得られる位相差フィルムの平面性を高める点から、アルコール濃度が0.5~15.0質量%の範囲内にあるドープを用いて製膜する方法を適用することができる。 In addition to the above organic solvent, the dope preferably contains a linear or branched aliphatic alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in the range of 1 to 40% by mass. When the proportion of alcohol in the dope increases, the web gels and peeling from the metal support becomes easy. When the proportion of alcohol is small, cellulose ester and other compounds dissolve in non-chlorine organic solvents. There is also a role to promote. In the film formation of the retardation film of the present invention, a method of forming a film using a dope having an alcohol concentration in the range of 0.5 to 15.0% by mass from the viewpoint of improving the flatness of the obtained retardation film. Can be applied.
 特に、メチレンクロライド、及び炭素数1~4の直鎖又は分岐鎖状の脂肪族アルコールを含有する溶媒に、セルロースエステル及びその他の化合物を、計15~45質量%の範囲で溶解させたドープ組成物であることが好ましい。 In particular, a dope composition in which cellulose ester and other compounds are dissolved in a total amount of 15 to 45% by mass in a solvent containing methylene chloride and a linear or branched aliphatic alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. It is preferable that it is a thing.
 炭素原子数1~4の直鎖又は分岐鎖状の脂肪族アルコールとしては、メタノール、エタノール、n-プロパノール、iso-プロパノール、n-ブタノール、sec-ブタノール、tert-ブタノールを挙げることができる。これらの内ドープの安定性、沸点も比較的低く、乾燥性もよいこと等からメタノール及びエタノールが好ましい。 Examples of the linear or branched aliphatic alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, iso-propanol, n-butanol, sec-butanol, and tert-butanol. Methanol and ethanol are preferred because of the stability, boiling point of these inner dopes, and good drying properties.
 セルロースエステル、リターデーション上昇剤、糖エステル、重縮合エステル又はその他の化合物の溶解には、常圧で行う方法、主溶媒の沸点以下で行う方法、主溶媒の沸点以上で加圧して行う方法、特開平9-95544号公報、特開平9-95557号公報、又は特開平9-95538号公報に記載の如き冷却溶解法で行う方法、特開平11-21379号公報に記載されている高圧で行う方法等種々の溶解方法を用いることができるが、特に主溶媒の沸点以上で加圧して行う方法が好ましい。 For dissolution of cellulose ester, retardation increasing agent, sugar ester, polycondensation ester or other compound, a method performed at normal pressure, a method performed below the boiling point of the main solvent, a method performed under pressure above the boiling point of the main solvent, A method using a cooling dissolution method as described in JP-A-9-95544, JP-A-9-95557, or JP-A-9-95538, and a high pressure described in JP-A-11-21379 Although various dissolution methods such as a method can be used, a method of pressurizing at a temperature equal to or higher than the boiling point of the main solvent is particularly preferable.
 ドープ中のセルロースエステルの濃度は、10~40質量%の範囲であることが好ましい。溶解中又は後のドープに化合物を加えて溶解及び分散した後、濾材で濾過し、脱泡して送液ポンプで次工程に送る。 The concentration of the cellulose ester in the dope is preferably in the range of 10 to 40% by mass. After the compound is added to the dope during or after dissolution and dissolved and dispersed, it is filtered through a filter medium, defoamed, and sent to the next step with a liquid feed pump.
 ドープの濾過については、好ましくはリーフディスクフィルターを具備する主濾過器3で、ドープを例えば90%捕集粒子径が微粒子の平均粒子径の10倍~100倍の濾材で濾過することが好ましい。 Regarding the filtration of the dope, it is preferable to filter the dope with, for example, a filter medium having a 90% collection particle diameter of 10 to 100 times the average particle diameter of the fine particles in the main filter 3 having a leaf disk filter.
 本発明において、濾過に使用する濾材は、絶対濾過精度が小さい方が好ましいが、絶対濾過精度が小さすぎると、濾過材の目詰まりが発生しやすく、濾材の交換を頻繁に行わなければならず、生産性を低下させるという問題点ある。 In the present invention, the filter medium used for filtration preferably has a low absolute filtration accuracy. However, if the absolute filtration accuracy is too small, the filter medium is likely to be clogged, and the filter medium must be frequently replaced. There is a problem of lowering productivity.
 このため、本発明において、セルロースエステルドープに使用する濾材は、絶対濾過精度0.008mm以下のものが好ましく、0.001~0.008mmの範囲が、より好ましく、0.003~0.006mmの範囲の濾材がさらに好ましい。 Therefore, in the present invention, the filter medium used for the cellulose ester dope preferably has an absolute filtration accuracy of 0.008 mm or less, more preferably in the range of 0.001 to 0.008 mm, and more preferably in the range of 0.003 to 0.006 mm. A range of filter media is more preferred.
 濾材の材質には、特に制限はなく、通常の濾材を使用することができるが、ポリプロピレン、テフロン(登録商標)等のプラスチック繊維製の濾材やステンレス繊維等の金属製の濾材が繊維の脱落等がなく好ましい。 There are no particular restrictions on the material of the filter medium, and normal filter media can be used. However, plastic fiber filter media such as polypropylene and Teflon (registered trademark), and metal filter media such as stainless steel fibers are used to remove fibers. This is preferable.
 本発明において、濾過の際のドープの流量が、10~80kg/(h・m)、好ましくは20~60kg/(h・m)であることが好ましい。ここで、濾過の際のドープの流量が、10kg/(h・m)以上であれば、効率的な生産性となり、濾過の際のドープの流量が、80kg/(h・m)以内であれば、濾材にかかる圧力が適正となり、濾材を破損させることがなく、好ましい。 In the present invention, the flow rate of the dope during filtration is preferably 10 to 80 kg / (h · m 2 ), preferably 20 to 60 kg / (h · m 2 ). Here, if the flow rate of the dope at the time of filtration is 10 kg / (h · m 2 ) or more, it becomes efficient productivity, and the flow rate of the dope at the time of filtration is within 80 kg / (h · m 2 ). If so, the pressure applied to the filter medium is appropriate, and the filter medium is not damaged, which is preferable.
 濾圧は、3500kPa以下であることが好ましく、3000kPa以下が、より好ましく、2500kPa以下であることがさらに好ましい。なお、濾圧は、濾過流量と濾過面積を適宜選択することで、コントロールできる。 The filtration pressure is preferably 3500 kPa or less, more preferably 3000 kPa or less, and even more preferably 2500 kPa or less. The filtration pressure can be controlled by appropriately selecting the filtration flow rate and the filtration area.
 図1は、本発明に好ましい溶液流延製膜方法のドープ調製工程、流延工程及び乾燥工程の一例を模式的に示した図である。 FIG. 1 is a diagram schematically showing an example of a dope preparation step, a casting step, and a drying step of a solution casting film forming method preferable for the present invention.
 仕込釜41より濾過器44で大きな凝集物を除去し、ストック釜42へ送液する。その後、ストック釜42より主ドープ溶解釜1へ各種添加液を添加する。 大 き な Remove large agglomerates from the charging vessel 41 with the filter 44 and feed the solution to the stock vessel 42. Thereafter, various additive solutions are added from the stock kettle 42 to the main dope dissolving kettle 1.
 その後、主ドープは主濾過器3にて濾過され、これにマット剤分散液や紫外線吸収剤添加液等が16よりインライン添加される。 Thereafter, the main dope is filtered by the main filter 3, and a matting agent dispersion liquid, an ultraviolet absorbent additive liquid, and the like are added thereto inline from 16.
 多くの場合、主ドープには返材が10~50質量%程度含まれることがある。 In many cases, the main dope may contain about 10 to 50% by weight of recycled material.
 返材とは、例えばセルロースエステル系フィルムを細かく粉砕した物で、セルロースエステル系フィルムを製膜するときに発生する、フィルムの両サイド部分を切り落とした物や、擦り傷などでフィルムの規定値を越えたセルロースエステル系フィルム原反が使用される。 Recycled material is, for example, a product obtained by finely pulverizing a cellulose ester film, which is generated when a cellulose ester film is formed, and has exceeded the specified value of the film due to a material from which both sides of the film are cut off, or due to scratches. A cellulose ester film raw material is used.
 また、ドープ調製に用いられる樹脂の原料としては、あらかじめセルロースエステル及びその他の化合物などをペレット化したものも、好ましく用いることができる。 Also, as a raw material of the resin used for the dope preparation, those obtained by pelletizing cellulose ester and other compounds in advance can be preferably used.
 (2)流延工程
 (2-1)ドープの流延
 ドープを、送液ポンプ(例えば、加圧型定量ギヤポンプ)を通して加圧ダイ30に送液し、無限に移送する無端の金属支持体31、例えば、ステンレスベルト、又は回転する金属ドラム等の金属支持体上の流延位置に、加圧ダイスリットからドープを流延する工程である。
(2) Casting step (2-1) Dope casting An endless metal support 31 that feeds the dope to a pressure die 30 through a liquid feed pump (for example, a pressurized metering gear pump) and transfers it infinitely, For example, the dope is cast from a pressure die slit at a casting position on a metal support such as a stainless steel belt or a rotating metal drum.
 流延(キャスト)工程における金属支持体は、表面を鏡面仕上げしたものが好ましく、金属支持体としては、ステンレススティールベルト若しくは鋳物で表面をメッキ仕上げしたドラムが好ましく用いられる。キャストの幅は1~4mの範囲、好ましくは1.5~3mの範囲、さらに好ましくは2~2.8mの範囲とすることができる。流延工程の金属支持体の表面温度は-50℃~溶剤が沸騰して発泡しない温度以下、さらに好ましくは-30~0℃の範囲に設定される。温度が高い方がウェブの乾燥速度が速くできるので好ましいが、余り高すぎるとウェブが発泡したり、平面性が劣化する場合がある。好ましい支持体温度としては0~100℃で適宜決定され、5~30℃の範囲が更に好ましい。又は、冷却することによってウェブをゲル化させて残留溶媒を多く含んだ状態でドラムから剥離することも好ましい方法である。金属支持体の温度を制御する方法は特に制限されないが、温風又は冷風を吹きかける方法や、温水を金属支持体の裏側に接触させる方法がある。温水を用いる方が熱の伝達が効率的に行われるため、金属支持体の温度が一定になるまでの時間が短く好ましい。温風を用いる場合は溶媒の蒸発潜熱によるウェブの温度低下を考慮して、溶媒の沸点以上の温風を使用しつつ、発泡も防ぎながら目的の温度よりも高い温度の風を使う場合がある。特に、流延から剥離するまでの間で支持体の温度及び乾燥風の温度を変更し、効率的に乾燥を行うことが好ましい。 The metal support in the casting process is preferably a mirror-finished surface, and a stainless steel belt or a drum whose surface is plated with a casting is preferably used as the metal support. The cast width can be in the range of 1 to 4 m, preferably in the range of 1.5 to 3 m, more preferably in the range of 2 to 2.8 m. The surface temperature of the metal support in the casting step is set in the range of −50 ° C. to below the temperature at which the solvent boils and does not foam, more preferably in the range of −30 to 0 ° C. A higher temperature is preferred because the web can be dried faster, but if it is too high, the web may foam or the flatness may deteriorate. A preferable support temperature is appropriately determined at 0 to 100 ° C., and more preferably within a range of 5 to 30 ° C. Alternatively, it is also a preferable method that the web is gelled by cooling and peeled from the drum in a state containing a large amount of residual solvent. The method for controlling the temperature of the metal support is not particularly limited, and there are a method of blowing warm air or cold air, and a method of contacting hot water with the back side of the metal support. It is preferable to use warm water because heat transfer is performed efficiently, so that the time until the temperature of the metal support becomes constant is short. When using warm air, considering the temperature drop of the web due to the latent heat of vaporization of the solvent, while using warm air above the boiling point of the solvent, there may be cases where wind at a temperature higher than the target temperature is used while preventing foaming. . In particular, it is preferable to perform drying efficiently by changing the temperature of the support and the temperature of the drying air during the period from casting to peeling.
 ダイの口金部分のスリット形状を調整でき、膜厚を均一にしやすい加圧ダイが好ましい。加圧ダイには、コートハンガーダイやTダイ等があり、いずれも好ましく用いられる。金属支持体の表面は鏡面となっている。製膜速度を上げるために加圧ダイを金属支持体上に2基以上設け、ドープ量を分割して積層してもよい。 ¡Pressure dies that can adjust the slit shape of the die base and make the film thickness uniform are preferred. Examples of the pressure die include a coat hanger die and a T die, and any of them is preferably used. The surface of the metal support is a mirror surface. In order to increase the film forming speed, two or more pressure dies may be provided on the metal support, and the dope amount may be divided and laminated.
 (3)溶媒蒸発工程
 ウェブ(流延用支持体上にドープを流延し、形成されたドープ膜をウェブという。)を流延用支持体上で加熱し、溶媒を蒸発させる工程である。
(3) Solvent evaporation step The web (the dope is cast on the casting support and the formed dope film is referred to as a web) is heated on the casting support to evaporate the solvent.
 溶媒を蒸発させるには、ウェブ側から風を吹かせる方法又は支持体の裏面から液体により伝熱させる方法、輻射熱により表裏から伝熱する方法等があるが、裏面液体伝熱方法が、乾燥効率が良く好ましい。また、それらを組み合わせる方法も好ましく用いられる。流延後の支持体上のウェブを40~100℃の雰囲気下、支持体上で乾燥させることが好ましい。40~100℃の雰囲気下に維持するには、この温度の温風をウェブ上面に当てるか赤外線等の手段により加熱することが好ましい。 To evaporate the solvent, there are a method of blowing air from the web side, a method of transferring heat from the back side of the support, a method of transferring heat from the front and back by radiant heat, etc. Is preferable. A method of combining them is also preferably used. The web on the support after casting is preferably dried on the support in an atmosphere of 40 to 100 ° C. In order to maintain the atmosphere at 40 to 100 ° C., it is preferable to apply hot air at this temperature to the upper surface of the web or heat by means such as infrared rays.
 面品質、透湿性、剥離性の観点から、30~120秒以内で当該ウェブを支持体から剥離することが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of surface quality, moisture permeability, and peelability, it is preferable to peel the web from the support within 30 to 120 seconds.
 (4)剥離工程
 金属支持体上で溶媒が蒸発したウェブを、剥離位置で剥離する工程である。剥離されたウェブはフィルムとして次工程に送られる。
(4) Peeling process It is the process of peeling the web which the solvent evaporated on the metal support body in a peeling position. The peeled web is sent to the next process as a film.
 金属支持体上の剥離位置における温度は好ましくは10~40℃の範囲であり、さらに好ましくは11~30℃の範囲である。 The temperature at the peeling position on the metal support is preferably in the range of 10 to 40 ° C, more preferably in the range of 11 to 30 ° C.
 なお、剥離する時点での金属支持体上でのウェブの剥離時残留溶媒量は、乾燥の条件の強弱、金属支持体の長さ等により50~120質量%の範囲で剥離することが好ましいが、残留溶媒量がより多い時点で剥離する場合、ウェブが柔らか過ぎると剥離時平面性を損ね、剥離張力によるツレや縦スジが発生しやすいため、経済速度と品質との兼ね合いで剥離時の残留溶媒量が決められる。 The amount of residual solvent at the time of peeling of the web on the metal support at the time of peeling is preferably 50 to 120% by mass depending on the strength of drying conditions, the length of the metal support, and the like. When peeling at a higher residual solvent amount, if the web is too soft, the flatness at the time of peeling is impaired, and slippage and vertical stripes are likely to occur due to the peeling tension. The amount of solvent is determined.
 ウェブの残留溶媒量は下記式(Z)で定義される。 The residual solvent amount of the web is defined by the following formula (Z).
 式(Z)
 残留溶媒量(%)=(ウェブの加熱処理前質量-ウェブの加熱処理後質量)/(ウェブの加熱処理後質量)×100
 なお、残留溶媒量を測定する際の加熱処理とは、115℃で1時間の加熱処理を行うことを表す。
Formula (Z)
Residual solvent amount (%) = (mass before web heat treatment−mass after web heat treatment) / (mass after web heat treatment) × 100
Note that the heat treatment for measuring the residual solvent amount represents performing heat treatment at 115 ° C. for 1 hour.
 金属支持体とフィルムを剥離する際の剥離張力は、通常、196~245N/mの範囲内であるが、剥離の際に皺が入りやすい場合、190N/m以下の張力で剥離することが好ましい。 The peeling tension when peeling the metal support from the film is usually in the range of 196 to 245 N / m. However, when wrinkles are likely to occur during peeling, peeling with a tension of 190 N / m or less is preferable. .
 本発明においては、当該金属支持体上の剥離位置における温度を-50~40℃の範囲内とするのが好ましく、10~40℃の範囲内がより好ましく、15~30℃の範囲内とするのが最も好ましい。 In the present invention, the temperature at the peeling position on the metal support is preferably in the range of −50 to 40 ° C., more preferably in the range of 10 to 40 ° C., and in the range of 15 to 30 ° C. Is most preferred.
 (5)乾燥及び延伸工程
 乾燥工程は予備乾燥工程、本乾燥工程に分けて行うこともできる。
(5) Drying and stretching step The drying step can be divided into a preliminary drying step and a main drying step.
 〈予備乾燥工程〉
 金属支持体から剥離して得られたウェブを乾燥させる。ウェブの乾燥は、ウェブを、上下に配置した多数のローラーにより搬送しながら乾燥させてもよいし、テンター乾燥機のようにウェブの両端部をクリップで固定して搬送しながら乾燥させてもよい。
<Preliminary drying process>
The web obtained by peeling from the metal support is dried. The web may be dried while being conveyed by a large number of rollers arranged above and below, or may be dried while being conveyed while fixing both ends of the web with clips like a tenter dryer. .
 ウェブを乾燥させる手段は特に制限なく、一般的に熱風、赤外線、加熱ローラー、マイクロ波等で行うことができるが、簡便さの点で、熱風で行うことが好ましい。 The means for drying the web is not particularly limited, and can be generally performed with hot air, infrared rays, a heating roller, microwave, or the like, but it is preferably performed with hot air in terms of simplicity.
 ウェブの乾燥工程における乾燥温度は好ましくはフィルムのガラス転移点-5℃以下であって、100℃以上の温度で10分以上60分以下の熱処理を行うことが効果的である。乾燥温度は100~200℃の範囲内、更に好ましくは110~160℃の範囲内で乾燥が行われる。 The drying temperature in the web drying process is preferably a glass transition point of the film of −5 ° C. or less, and it is effective to perform a heat treatment at a temperature of 100 ° C. or more for 10 minutes or more and 60 minutes or less. Drying is performed at a drying temperature in the range of 100 to 200 ° C, more preferably in the range of 110 to 160 ° C.
 〈延伸工程〉
 本発明の位相差フィルムは、延伸処理することでフィルム内の分子の配向を制御することができ、目標とする位相差値Ro、Rthを得ることができる。
<Extension process>
The retardation film of the present invention can be subjected to stretching treatment to control the molecular orientation in the film, and target retardation values Ro and Rth can be obtained.
 本発明の位相差フィルムは、流延方向(MD方向ともいう。)及び/又は幅手方向(TD方向ともいう。)に延伸することが好ましく、少なくともテンター延伸装置によって、幅手方向に延伸して製造することが好ましい。 The retardation film of the present invention is preferably stretched in the casting direction (also referred to as MD direction) and / or in the width direction (also referred to as TD direction), and is stretched in the width direction by at least a tenter stretching device. It is preferable to manufacture.
 延伸操作は多段階に分割して実施してもよい。また、二軸延伸を行う場合には同時二軸延伸を行ってもよいし、段階的に実施してもよい。この場合、段階的とは、例えば、延伸方向の異なる延伸を順次行うことも可能であるし、同一方向の延伸を多段階に分割し、かつ異なる方向の延伸をそのいずれかの段階に加えることも可能である。 The stretching operation may be performed in multiple stages. When biaxial stretching is performed, simultaneous biaxial stretching may be performed or may be performed stepwise. In this case, stepwise means that, for example, stretching in different stretching directions can be sequentially performed, stretching in the same direction is divided into multiple stages, and stretching in different directions is added to any one of the stages. Is also possible.
 すなわち、例えば、次のような延伸ステップも可能である:
 ・流延方向に延伸→幅手方向に延伸→流延方向に延伸→流延方向に延伸
 ・幅手方向に延伸→幅手方向に延伸→流延方向に延伸→流延方向に延伸
 また、同時二軸延伸には、一方向に延伸し、もう一方を、張力を緩和して収縮させる場合も含まれる。
Thus, for example, the following stretching steps are possible:
-Stretch in the casting direction-> Stretch in the width direction-> Stretch in the casting direction-> Stretch in the casting direction-Stretch in the width direction-> Stretch in the width direction-> Stretch in the casting direction-> Stretch in the casting direction Simultaneous biaxial stretching includes stretching in one direction and contracting the other while relaxing the tension.
 延伸開始時の残留溶媒量は2~10質量%の範囲内であることが好ましい。 The residual solvent amount at the start of stretching is preferably in the range of 2 to 10% by mass.
 当該残留溶媒量は、2質量%以上であれば、膜厚偏差が小さくなり、平面性の観点から好ましく、10質量%以内であれば、表面の凹凸が減り、平面性が向上し好ましい。 If the amount of the residual solvent is 2% by mass or more, the film thickness deviation is small and is preferable from the viewpoint of flatness, and if it is within 10% by mass, the unevenness of the surface is reduced and the flatness is improved.
 本発明の位相差フィルムは、延伸後の膜厚が所望の範囲になるようにMD方向及び/又はTD方向に、好ましくはTD方向に、フィルムのガラス転移温度をTgとしたときに、(Tg+15)~(Tg+50)℃の温度範囲で延伸することが好ましい。上記温度範囲で延伸すると、リターデーションの調整がしやすく、また延伸応力を低下できるのでヘイズが低くなる。また、破断の発生を抑制し、平面性、フィルム自身の着色性に優れた位相差フィルムが得られる。延伸温度は、(Tg+20)~(Tg+40)℃の範囲で行うことが好ましい。 The retardation film of the present invention has (Tg + 15) when the glass transition temperature of the film is defined as Tg in the MD direction and / or TD direction, preferably in the TD direction so that the film thickness after stretching is in a desired range. ) To (Tg + 50) ° C. is preferably stretched. If the stretching is performed within the above temperature range, the retardation can be easily adjusted, and the stretching stress can be reduced, so that the haze is lowered. Moreover, the retardation film which suppressed generation | occurrence | production of a fracture | rupture and was excellent in flatness and the coloring property of the film itself is obtained. The stretching temperature is preferably in the range of (Tg + 20) to (Tg + 40) ° C.
 なお、ここでいうガラス転移温度Tgとは、市販の示差走査熱量測定器を用いて、昇温速度20℃/分で測定し、JIS K7121(1987)に従い求めた中間点ガラス転移温度(Tmg)である。具体的な位相差フィルムのガラス転移温度Tgの測定方法は、JIS K7121(1987)に従って、セイコーインスツル(株)製の示差走査熱量計DSC220を用いて測定する。 The glass transition temperature Tg referred to here is a midpoint glass transition temperature (Tmg) measured at a rate of temperature increase of 20 ° C./min using a commercially available differential scanning calorimeter and determined according to JIS K7121 (1987). It is. A specific method for measuring the glass transition temperature Tg of the retardation film is measured using a differential scanning calorimeter DSC220 manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc. according to JIS K7121 (1987).
 本発明の位相差フィルムは、ウェブを少なくともTD方向に1.1倍以上延伸することが好ましい。延伸の範囲は、元幅に対して1.1~1.5倍であることが好ましく、1.2~1.4倍であることがより好ましい。上記範囲内であれば、フィルム中の分子の移動が大きく、所望の位相差値が得られるばかりではなく、フィルムを薄膜化でき、平面性を向上することができる。 The retardation film of the present invention preferably stretches the web at least 1.1 times in the TD direction. The range of stretching is preferably 1.1 to 1.5 times the original width, and more preferably 1.2 to 1.4 times. If it is in the said range, the movement of the molecule | numerator in a film will be large and not only a desired phase difference value will be obtained, but a film can be thinned and planarity can be improved.
 MD方向に延伸するために、剥離張力を130N/m以上で剥離することが好ましく、特に好ましくは150~170N/mである。剥離後のウェブは高残留溶剤状態であるため、剥離張力と同様の張力を維持することで、MD方向への延伸を行うことができる。ウェブが乾燥し、残留溶剤量が減少するに従って、MD方向への延伸率は低下する。 In order to stretch in the MD direction, peeling is preferably performed at a peeling tension of 130 N / m or more, particularly preferably 150 to 170 N / m. Since the web after peeling is in a high residual solvent state, stretching in the MD direction can be performed by maintaining the same tension as the peeling tension. As the web dries and the residual solvent amount decreases, the draw ratio in the MD direction decreases.
 なお、MD方向の延伸倍率は、ベルト支持体の回転速度とテンター運転速度から算出できる。 The draw ratio in the MD direction can be calculated from the rotation speed of the belt support and the tenter operation speed.
 TD方向に延伸するには、例えば、特開昭62-46625号公報に示されているような乾燥全工程又は一部の工程を幅方向にクリップ又はピンでウェブの幅両端を幅保持しつつ乾燥させる方法(テンター方式と呼ばれる)、中でも、クリップを用いるテンター方式、ピンを用いるピンテンター方式が好ましく用いられる。 In order to stretch in the TD direction, for example, the entire drying process or a part of the process as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 62-46625 is performed while holding the width at both ends of the web with clips or pins in the width direction. A drying method (referred to as a tenter method), among them, a tenter method using clips and a pin tenter method using pins are preferably used.
 TD方向への延伸に際し、フィルム幅手方向に250~500%/minの延伸速度で延伸することが、フィルムの平面性を向上する観点から、好ましい。 In stretching in the TD direction, stretching in the width direction of the film at a stretching speed of 250 to 500% / min is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the flatness of the film.
 延伸速度は250%/min以上であれば、平面性が向上し、またフィルムを高速で処理することができるため、生産適性の観点で好ましく、500%/min以内であれば、フィルムが破断することなく処理することができ、好ましい。 If the stretching speed is 250% / min or more, the planarity is improved and the film can be processed at a high speed, which is preferable from the viewpoint of production aptitude, and if it is within 500% / min, the film is broken. Can be processed without any problem.
 好ましい延伸速度は、300~400%/minの範囲内である。延伸速度は下記式1によって定義されるものである。 A preferable stretching speed is in the range of 300 to 400% / min. The stretching speed is defined by the following formula 1.
  式1 延伸速度(%/min)=[(d1/d2)-1]×100(%)/t
(式1において、d1は延伸後のセルロースエステルフィルムの前記延伸方向の幅寸法であり、d2は延伸前のセルロースエステルフィルムの前記延伸方向の幅寸法であり、tは延伸に要する時間(min)である。)
 本発明の位相差フィルムはリターデーション上昇剤を含有し、かつ延伸することにより必然的にリターデーションを有する。面内位相差値Ro、及び厚さ方向の位相差値Rthは自動複屈折率計アクソスキャン(Axo Scan Mueller Matrix Polarimeter:アクソメトリックス社製)を用いて、23℃・55%RHの環境下、590nmの波長において、三次元屈折率測定を行い、得られた屈折率nx、ny、nzから算出することができる。
Formula 1 Stretching speed (% / min) = [(d1 / d2) -1] × 100 (%) / t
(In Formula 1, d1 is the width dimension in the stretching direction of the cellulose ester film after stretching, d2 is the width dimension in the stretching direction of the cellulose ester film before stretching, and t is the time (min) required for stretching. .)
The retardation film of the present invention contains a retardation increasing agent and necessarily has retardation by stretching. In-plane retardation value Ro and thickness direction retardation value Rth were measured using an automatic birefringence meter Axoscan (Axo Scan Mueller Matrix Polarimeter: manufactured by Axometrics) under an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH. A three-dimensional refractive index measurement is performed at a wavelength of 590 nm, and the refractive indexes nx, ny, and nz obtained can be calculated.
 本発明の位相差フィルムは、下記式(i)及び(ii)で表される、位相差フィルムの面内方向の位相差値Roが45~60nmの範囲内であり、膜厚方向の位相差値Rthが110~140nmの範囲内であることが、VA型液晶表示装置に具備された場合に、視野角やコントラスト等の視認性を向上する観点から好ましい。位相差フィルムは、少なくとも前記TD方向に延伸倍率を調整しながら延伸することで、上記位相差値の範囲内に調整することができる。 The retardation film of the present invention is represented by the following formulas (i) and (ii), the retardation value Ro in the in-plane direction of the retardation film is in the range of 45 to 60 nm, and the retardation in the film thickness direction. A value Rth within the range of 110 to 140 nm is preferable from the viewpoint of improving visibility such as viewing angle and contrast when the VA liquid crystal display device is provided. The retardation film can be adjusted within the range of the retardation value by stretching while adjusting the stretching ratio at least in the TD direction.
 式(i):Ro=(n-n)×d(nm)
 式(ii):Rth={(n+n)/2-n}×d(nm)
〔式(i)及び式(ii)において、nは、フィルムの面内方向において屈折率が最大になる方向xにおける屈折率を表す。nは、フィルムの面内方向において、前記方向xと直交する方向yにおける屈折率を表す。nは、フィルムの厚さ方向zにおける屈折率を表す。dは、フィルムの厚さ(nm)を表す。〕
 〈ナーリング加工〉
 所定の熱処理又は冷却処理の後、巻取り前にスリッターを設けて端部を切り落とすことが良好な巻姿を得るため好ましい。更に、幅手両端部にはナーリング加工をすることが好ましい。
Formula (i): Ro = (n x −n y ) × d (nm)
Formula (ii): Rth = {(n x + n y ) / 2−n z } × d (nm)
In [Equation (i) and Formula (ii), n x represents a refractive index in the direction x in which the refractive index is maximized in the plane direction of the film. n y, in-plane direction of the film, the refractive index in the direction y perpendicular to the direction x. nz represents the refractive index in the thickness direction z of the film. d represents the thickness (nm) of the film. ]
<Knurling>
After a predetermined heat treatment or cooling treatment, it is preferable to provide a slitter and cut off the end portion before winding to obtain a good winding shape. Furthermore, it is preferable to knurling both ends of the width.
 ナーリング加工は、加熱されたエンボスローラーを押し当てることにより形成することができる。エンボスローラーには細かな凹凸が形成されており、これを押し当てることでフィルムに凹凸を形成し、端部を嵩高くすることができる。 The knurling process can be formed by pressing a heated embossing roller. Fine embossing is formed on the embossing roller, and by pressing the embossing roller, unevenness can be formed on the film and the end can be made bulky.
 本発明の位相差フィルムの幅手両端部のナーリングの高さは4~20μm、幅5~20mmが好ましい。 The height of the knurling at both ends of the width of the retardation film of the present invention is preferably 4 to 20 μm and the width is 5 to 20 mm.
 また、本発明においては、上記のナーリング加工は、フィルムの製膜工程において乾燥終了後、巻取りの前に設けることが好ましい。 In the present invention, the knurling process is preferably provided after the drying in the film forming process and before winding.
 (6)巻取り工程
 ウェブ中の残留溶媒量が2質量%以下となってからフィルムとして巻取る工程であり、残留溶媒量を0.4質量%以下にすることにより寸法安定性の良好なフィルムを得ることができる。
(6) Winding step This is a step of winding as a film after the residual solvent amount in the web is 2% by mass or less, and the film having good dimensional stability by making the residual solvent amount 0.4% by mass or less. Can be obtained.
 巻取り方法は、一般に使用されているものを用いればよく、定トルク法、定テンション法、テーパーテンション法、内部応力一定のプログラムテンションコントロール法等があり、それらを使いわければよい。 As a winding method, a generally used method may be used, and there are a constant torque method, a constant tension method, a taper tension method, a program tension control method with a constant internal stress, and the like.
 ≪位相差フィルムの物性≫
 〈ヘイズ〉
 本発明の位相差フィルムは、ヘイズが1%未満であることが好ましく、0.5%未満であることがより好ましい。ヘイズを1%未満とすることにより、フィルムの透明性がより高くなり、光学用途のフィルムとしてより用いやすくなるという利点がある。
≪Physical properties of retardation film≫
<Haze>
The retardation film of the present invention preferably has a haze of less than 1%, more preferably less than 0.5%. By setting the haze to less than 1%, there is an advantage that the transparency of the film becomes higher and it becomes easier to use as a film for optical applications.
 〈平衡含水率〉
 本発明の位相差フィルムは、25℃、相対湿度60%における平衡含水率が4%以下であることが好ましく、3%以下であることがより好ましい。平衡含水率を4%以下とすることにより、湿度変化に対応しやすく、光学特性や寸法がより変化しにくく好ましい。
<Equilibrium moisture content>
In the retardation film of the present invention, the equilibrium water content at 25 ° C. and 60% relative humidity is preferably 4% or less, more preferably 3% or less. By setting the equilibrium moisture content to 4% or less, it is preferable to easily cope with a change in humidity and to hardly change the optical characteristics and dimensions.
 〈フィルム長、幅、膜厚〉
 本発明の位相差フィルムは、長尺であることが好ましく、具体的には、100~10000m程度の長さであることが好ましく、ロール状に巻き取られる。また、本発明の位相差フィルムの幅は1m以上であることが好ましく、更に好ましくは1.4m以上であり、特に1.4~4mであることが好ましい。
<Film length, width, film thickness>
The retardation film of the present invention is preferably long, specifically, preferably has a length of about 100 to 10,000 m, and is wound up in a roll shape. The width of the retardation film of the present invention is preferably 1 m or more, more preferably 1.4 m or more, and particularly preferably 1.4 to 4 m.
 フィルムの膜厚は、表示装置の薄型化、生産性の観点から、10~36μmの範囲内であることが好ましい。膜厚が10μm以上であれば、一定以上のフィルム強度や位相差を発現させることができる。膜厚が36μm以下であれば、所望の位相差を具備し、かつ偏光板及び表示装置の薄型化に適用できる。好ましくは、20~36μmの範囲内である。 The film thickness is preferably in the range of 10 to 36 μm from the viewpoint of thinning the display device and productivity. If the film thickness is 10 μm or more, a certain level of film strength and retardation can be expressed. If the film thickness is 36 μm or less, the film has a desired retardation and can be applied to make the polarizing plate and the display device thinner. Preferably, it is in the range of 20 to 36 μm.
 ≪偏光板≫
 本発明の位相差フィルムは、偏光板及びそれを具備する液晶表示装置に使用することができる。本発明の位相差フィルムは、偏光板保護フィルムと位相差フィルムとを兼ねたフィルムとされることが好ましい。その場合には、偏光板保護フィルムとは別個の位相差フィルムを用意する必要がない。そのため、液晶表示装置の厚さを薄くでき、製造プロセスを簡略化することができる。
≪Polarizing plate≫
The retardation film of this invention can be used for a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device provided with the same. The retardation film of the present invention is preferably a film serving as both a polarizing plate protective film and a retardation film. In that case, it is not necessary to prepare a retardation film separate from the polarizing plate protective film. Therefore, the thickness of the liquid crystal display device can be reduced and the manufacturing process can be simplified.
 偏光板は、偏光子と、偏光子の一方又は両方の面に張り合わされた偏光板保護フィルムを有する。 The polarizing plate has a polarizer and a polarizing plate protective film bonded to one or both surfaces of the polarizer.
 偏光子とは、一定方向の偏波面の光だけを通す素子であり、代表的な偏光子は、ポリビニルアルコール系偏光フィルムで、これはポリビニルアルコール系フィルムにヨウ素を染色させたものと二色性染料を染色させたものがある。 A polarizer is an element that allows only light of a plane of polarization in a certain direction to pass through. A typical polarizer is a polyvinyl alcohol polarizing film, which is dichroic with a polyvinyl alcohol film dyed with iodine. There are dyed dyes.
 偏光子は、ポリビニルアルコール水溶液を製膜し、これを一軸延伸させて染色するか、染色した後一軸延伸してから、好ましくはホウ素化合物で耐久性処理を行って得る。偏光子の膜厚は5~30μmの範囲が好ましく、特に10~20μmの範囲であることが好ましい。 The polarizer is obtained by forming a polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution into a film and dyeing it by uniaxial stretching or dyeing or uniaxially stretching the dye, and then preferably performing a durability treatment with a boron compound. The thickness of the polarizer is preferably in the range of 5 to 30 μm, particularly preferably in the range of 10 to 20 μm.
 本発明の偏光板は、一般的な方法で作製されうる。本発明の位相差フィルムの偏光子に貼り付ける表面をアルカリケン化処理する。ヨウ素溶液中に浸漬延伸して作製した偏光子の少なくとも一方の面に、本発明の位相差フィルムを、完全ケン化型ポリビニルアルコール水溶液を用いて貼り合わせる。 The polarizing plate of the present invention can be produced by a general method. The surface to be attached to the polarizer of the retardation film of the present invention is subjected to alkali saponification treatment. The retardation film of the present invention is bonded to at least one surface of a polarizer produced by immersion and stretching in an iodine solution, using a completely saponified polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution.
 具体的には、本発明の位相差フィルムと偏光子との貼り合わせは、通常、本発明の位相差フィルムをケン化液に浸漬させてケン化処理した後に行う。ケン化液は、例えば2mol/Lの水酸化ナトリウム溶液などで行う。 Specifically, the retardation film of the present invention and the polarizer are usually bonded after the saponification treatment is performed by immersing the retardation film of the present invention in a saponification solution. For example, the saponification solution is 2 mol / L sodium hydroxide solution.
 偏光板の製造工程で位相差フィルムを連続してケン化処理したり、トラブルなどが生じて位相差フィルムを長時間ケン化液に浸漬させると、DACのみを用いた位相差フィルムは、DACが親水性であるためケン化液中に溶出し、ケン化液を汚染しやすかった。 When the retardation film is continuously saponified in the manufacturing process of the polarizing plate or troubles occur and the retardation film is immersed in the saponification solution for a long time, the retardation film using only the DAC is Since it was hydrophilic, it was eluted in the saponification solution and easily contaminated the saponification solution.
 本発明の位相差フィルムは、比較的疎水性を有するCAP又はCABをDACと併用することから、例えば本発明の位相差フィルムが長時間ケン化液に浸漬されても、DACのケン化液への溶出をブロックし、したがってケン化適性が改善されるものである。 Since the retardation film of the present invention uses CAP or CAB having a relatively hydrophobic property in combination with DAC, for example, even if the retardation film of the present invention is immersed in a saponification solution for a long time, it becomes a saponification solution of DAC. Of the saponification, thus improving the saponification suitability.
 偏光子のもう一方の面には、他の従来の偏光板保護フィルムを貼合せてもよい。 Another conventional polarizing plate protective film may be bonded to the other surface of the polarizer.
 従来の偏光板保護フィルムの例には、市販のセルロースエステルフィルム(例えば、コニカミノルタタック KC8UX、KC5UX、KC8UCR3、KC8UCR4、KC8UCR5、KC8UY、KC6UY、KC4UY、KC4UE、KC8UE、KC8UY-HA、KC8UX-RHA、KC8UXW-RHA-C、KC8UXW-RHA-NC、KC4UXW-RHA-NC、以上コニカミノルタ(株)製、フジタックT40UZ、フジタックT60UZ、フジタックT80UZ、フジタックTD80UL、フジタックTD60UL、フジタックTD40UL、フジタックT25TG、フジタックT40TG、フジタックT25TJ、フジタックT40TJ、フジタックR02、フジタックR06、フジタックR032、フジタックR033、以上富士フイルム(株)製等)などが含まれる。 Examples of conventional polarizing plate protective films include commercially available cellulose ester films (for example, Konica Minoltack KC8UX, KC5UX, KC8UCR3, KC8UCR4, KC8UCR5, KC8UY, KC6UY, KC4UY, KC4UE, KC8UE-HA-C KC8UXW-RHA-C, KC8UXW-RHA-NC, KC4UXW-RHA-NC, Konica Minolta, Fujitac T40UZ, Fujitac T60UZ, Fujitac T80UZ, Fujitac TD80UL, Fujitac TD40UL Fujitac T25TJ, Fujitac T40TJ, Fujitac R02, Fujitac R06, Fujitac R032, Fuji Click r033, or produced by Fujifilm Corp., etc.) and the like.
 ≪液晶表示装置≫
 本発明の液晶表示装置は、本発明の位相差フィルムを含む偏光板を具備する。具体的には、液晶セルの少なくとも一方に配置された偏光板に、本発明の位相差フィルムが含まれ;当該偏光板の液晶セル側のフィルムが、本発明の位相差フィルムであることが好ましい。
≪Liquid crystal display device≫
The liquid crystal display device of the present invention includes a polarizing plate including the retardation film of the present invention. Specifically, the polarizing film disposed in at least one of the liquid crystal cells includes the retardation film of the present invention; the film on the liquid crystal cell side of the polarizing plate is preferably the retardation film of the present invention. .
 本発明の液晶表示装置において、液晶セルの一方又は両方の面に、偏光板が粘着層を介して貼り合わされていることが好ましい。VAモード型液晶表示装置における上記偏光板の貼合の向きは、特開2005-234431号公報を参照して行うことができる。 In the liquid crystal display device of the present invention, it is preferable that a polarizing plate is bonded to one or both surfaces of the liquid crystal cell via an adhesive layer. The direction of bonding of the polarizing plate in the VA mode liquid crystal display device can be performed with reference to JP-A-2005-234431.
 本発明の液晶表示装置の表面側に用いられる偏光板保護フィルムには、防眩層又はクリアハードコート層のほか、反射防止層、帯電防止層、防汚層、バックコート層を有することが好ましい。 In addition to the antiglare layer or the clear hard coat layer, the polarizing plate protective film used on the surface side of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention preferably has an antireflection layer, an antistatic layer, an antifouling layer, and a backcoat layer. .
 本発明の位相差フィルムや偏光板は、STN、TN、OCB、HAN、VA(MVA、PVA)、IPS、OCBなどの各種駆動方式の液晶表示装置に用いることができる。本発明の位相差フィルムは、VA(MVA、PVA)モード型液晶表示装置に好適に用いられ、視認性を向上する。特に、30型以上の大画面の液晶表示装置に用いられても、光漏れによる黒表示時の着色を低減し、正面コントラストなど視認性を高めうる。このように、本発明のVA型液晶表示装置は種々の視認性に優れる。 The retardation film and polarizing plate of the present invention can be used for liquid crystal display devices of various drive systems such as STN, TN, OCB, HAN, VA (MVA, PVA), IPS, OCB. The retardation film of the present invention is suitably used for a VA (MVA, PVA) mode type liquid crystal display device and improves visibility. In particular, even when used in a liquid crystal display device having a large screen of 30 type or more, coloring during black display due to light leakage can be reduced and visibility such as front contrast can be improved. Thus, the VA liquid crystal display device of the present invention is excellent in various visibility.
 以下、実施例を挙げて本発明を具体的に説明するが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。なお、実施例において「部」又は「%」の表示を用いるが、特に断りがない限り「質量部」又は「質量%」を表す。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In addition, although the display of "part" or "%" is used in an Example, unless otherwise indicated, "mass part" or "mass%" is represented.
 実施例で用いた本発明に係る一般式(1)で表される構造を有する化合物を下記に示す。 The compounds having the structure represented by the general formula (1) according to the present invention used in the examples are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 実施例1
 <位相差フィルムの作製>
 〔位相差フィルム101の作製〕
 下記の方法に従って、位相差フィルム101を作製した。
Example 1
<Production of retardation film>
[Production of Retardation Film 101]
A retardation film 101 was produced according to the following method.
 (微粒子分散希釈液の調製)
 10質量部のアエロジルR812(日本アエロジル社製、一次平均粒子径:7nm、見掛け比重50g/L)と、90質量部のエタノールとをディゾルバーで30分間撹拌混合した後、高圧分散機であるマントンゴーリンを用いて分散させて、微粒子分散液を調製した。
(Preparation of fine particle dispersion)
10 parts by weight Aerosil R812 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd., primary average particle size: 7 nm, apparent specific gravity 50 g / L) and 90 parts by weight of ethanol were stirred and mixed with a dissolver for 30 minutes, and then high pressure disperser Manton Gorin Was used to prepare a fine particle dispersion.
 得られた微粒子分散液に、88質量部のジクロロメタンを撹拌しながら投入し、ディゾルバーで30分間撹拌混合して、希釈した。得られた溶液をアドバンテック東洋社製ポリプロピレンワインドカートリッジフィルターTCW-PPS-1Nで濾過して、微粒子分散希釈液を得た。 Into the obtained fine particle dispersion, 88 parts by mass of dichloromethane was added with stirring, and the mixture was diluted by stirring and mixing with a dissolver for 30 minutes. The obtained solution was filtered through a polypropylene wind cartridge filter TCW-PPS-1N manufactured by Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd. to obtain a fine particle dispersion dilution.
 (インライン添加液の調製)
 100質量部のジクロロメタンに、36質量部の前記作製した微粒子分散希釈液を撹拌しながら加えて30分間さらに撹拌した後、6質量部のジアセチルセルロース(アセチル基置換度2.50、重量平均分子量27万)を撹拌しながら加えて60分間さらに撹拌した。得られた溶液を、日本精線(株)製ファインメットNFで濾過して、インライン添加液を得た。濾材は、公称濾過精度20μmのものを用いた。
(Preparation of inline additive solution)
To 100 parts by mass of dichloromethane, 36 parts by mass of the prepared fine particle dispersion diluted liquid was added with stirring and further stirred for 30 minutes, and then 6 parts by mass of diacetyl cellulose (acetyl group substitution degree 2.50, weight average molecular weight 27). Was added with stirring and further stirred for 60 minutes. The obtained solution was filtered with Finemet NF manufactured by Nippon Seisen Co., Ltd. to obtain an in-line additive solution. The filter medium having a nominal filtration accuracy of 20 μm was used.
 (ドープの調製)
 下記成分を密閉容器に投入し、加熱及び撹拌しながら完全に溶解させた。得られた溶液をリーフディスクフィルターを装着した濾過器にて、温度50℃で濾過して、主ドープを得た。濾材は、公称濾過精度20μmのものを用いた。
(Preparation of dope)
The following components were put into a sealed container and completely dissolved with heating and stirring. The obtained solution was filtered at a temperature of 50 ° C. with a filter equipped with a leaf disk filter to obtain a main dope. The filter medium having a nominal filtration accuracy of 20 μm was used.
 〈主ドープの組成〉
 ジアセチルセルロース(アセチル基置換度:2.50、重量平均分子量2
7万)                         100質量部
 可塑剤:糖エステル1;BzSc(ベンジルスクロース:化11に記載の
化合物a1~a4の混合物)、平均エステル置換度=5.5  12質量部
 ジクロロメタン                    430質量部
 メタノール                       11質量部
 100質量部の主ドープ1と、2.5質量部のインライン添加液とを、インラインミキサー(東レ静止型管内混合機 Hi-Mixer、SWJ)で十分に混合して、ドープを得た。
<Composition of main dope>
Diacetylcellulose (acetyl group substitution degree: 2.50, weight average molecular weight 2
70,000) 100 parts by mass Plasticizer: Sugar ester 1; BzSc (benzyl sucrose: mixture of compounds a1 to a4 described in Chemical formula 11), average ester substitution degree = 5.5 12 parts by mass Dichloromethane 430 parts by mass Methanol 11 parts by mass 100 parts by mass of the main dope 1 and 2.5 parts by mass of the in-line additive solution were sufficiently mixed with an in-line mixer (Toray static in-tube mixer Hi-Mixer, SWJ) to obtain a dope.
 (製膜工程)
 得られたドープを、ベルト流延装置を用いてステンレスバンド支持体上に、ドープの液温度35℃、幅1.95mの条件で、最終膜厚が33μmとなる条件で均一に流延させた。ステンレスバンド支持体上で、得られたドープ膜中の有機溶媒を、残留溶媒量が100質量%になるまで蒸発させてウェブを形成した後、ステンレスバンド支持体からウェブを剥離した。得られたウェブを、110℃でさらに5分予備乾燥させて残留溶媒量を10質量%にした後、ウェブをテンターで、160℃の条件でTD方向の元幅に対して1.2倍に延伸した。延伸速度は300%/minの速度で延伸した。
(Film forming process)
The obtained dope was uniformly cast on a stainless steel band support using a belt casting apparatus under the conditions of a dope liquid temperature of 35 ° C. and a width of 1.95 m and a final film thickness of 33 μm. . On the stainless steel band support, the organic solvent in the obtained dope film was evaporated until the residual solvent amount reached 100% by mass to form a web, and then the web was peeled from the stainless steel band support. The obtained web was further pre-dried at 110 ° C. for 5 minutes so that the residual solvent amount was 10% by mass, and the web was then increased by a factor of 1.2 to the original width in the TD direction at 160 ° C. Stretched. The stretching speed was 300% / min.
 テンターで延伸後、130℃で5分間緩和を行った後、乾燥ゾーンを多数のローラーで搬送させながら乾燥を終了させた。乾燥温度は130℃で、搬送張力は100N/mとした。得られたフィルムを、2.0m幅にスリットし、フィルム両端に幅10mm高さ5μmのナーリング加工を施し、初期張力220N/m、終張力110N/mで内径15.24cmコアに巻き取り、長さ4000m、乾燥膜厚33μmの位相差フィルム101を得た。 After stretching with a tenter, relaxation was performed at 130 ° C. for 5 minutes, and then drying was completed while the drying zone was being conveyed by a number of rollers. The drying temperature was 130 ° C. and the transport tension was 100 N / m. The obtained film was slit to 2.0 m width, 10 mm wide and 5 μm knurled at both ends of the film, wound on a core of 15.24 cm in inner diameter with an initial tension of 220 N / m and a final tension of 110 N / m. A retardation film 101 having a thickness of 4000 m and a dry film thickness of 33 μm was obtained.
 〔位相差フィルム102の作製〕
 上記位相差フィルム101の作製において、リターデーション上昇剤である一般式(1)で表される構造を有する化合物:ピラゾール3を4質量部加えた以外は同様にして、位相差フィルム102を作製した。
[Production of Retardation Film 102]
In the production of the retardation film 101, a retardation film 102 was produced in the same manner except that 4 parts by mass of a compound having a structure represented by the general formula (1) which is a retardation increasing agent: pyrazole 3 was added. .
 〔位相差フィルム103の作製〕
 位相差フィルム102の作製において、ジアセチルセロースの代わりに、セルロースアセテートプロピオネート(アセチル基(Ac基)置換度1.5、プロピオニル基(Pr基)置換度1.0、総アシル基置換度2.5、重量平均分子量27万)を用いた以外は同様にして、位相差フィルム103を作製した。
[Preparation of retardation film 103]
In the preparation of the retardation film 102, cellulose acetate propionate (acetyl group (Ac group) substitution degree 1.5, propionyl group (Pr group) substitution degree 1.0, total acyl group substitution degree instead of diacetylserose A retardation film 103 was produced in the same manner except that 2.5 and a weight average molecular weight of 270,000 were used.
 〔位相差フィルム104の作製〕
 位相差フィルム102の作製において、ジアセチルセロースの代わりに、トリアセチルセルロース(アセチル基置換度2.98、重量平均分子量27万)を用いた以外は同様にして、位相差フィルム104を作製した。
[Preparation of retardation film 104]
In the production of the retardation film 102, a retardation film 104 was produced in the same manner except that triacetylcellulose (acetyl group substitution degree 2.98, weight average molecular weight 270,000) was used instead of diacetylserose.
 〔位相差フィルム105の作製〕
 位相差フィルム102の作製において、ドープの調製を下記主ドープの組成にした以外は同様にして、位相差フィルム105を作製した。
[Production of Retardation Film 105]
In the production of the retardation film 102, a retardation film 105 was produced in the same manner except that the dope was prepared with the following main dope composition.
 (ドープの調製)
 〈主ドープの組成〉
 ジアセチルセルロース(アセチル基置換度:2.50、重量平均分子量2
7万)                          50質量部
 セルロースアセテートプロピオネート(アセチル基置換度1.5、プロピ
オニル基置換度1.0、総アシル基置換度2.5、重量平均分子量27万)
                             50質量部
 リターデーション上昇剤:一般式(1)で表される構造を有する化合物
:ピラゾール3                       4質量部
 可塑剤:糖エステル1;BzSc(ベンジルスクロース:化11に記載の
化合物a1~a4の混合物)、平均エステル置換度=5.5  12質量部
 ジクロロメタン                    430質量部
 メタノール                       11質量部
 〔位相差フィルム106~116の作製〕
 位相差フィルム105の作製において、樹脂A:表1記載のアセチル基置換度を有するジアセチルセルロース(重量平均分子量はいずれも27万に調整)、樹脂B:表1記載のアセチル基置換度、プロピオニル基置換度及びブチリル基(Bt基)置換度を有するセルロースアセテートプロピオネート及びセルロースアセテートブチレート(重量平均分子量はいずれも27万に調整)を用いた以外は同様にして、位相差フィルム106~116を作製した。
(Preparation of dope)
<Composition of main dope>
Diacetylcellulose (acetyl group substitution degree: 2.50, weight average molecular weight 2
70,000) 50 parts by mass Cellulose acetate propionate (acetyl group substitution degree 1.5, propionyl group substitution degree 1.0, total acyl group substitution degree 2.5, weight average molecular weight 270,000)
50 parts by mass Retardation increasing agent: Compound having structure represented by general formula (1): Pyrazole 3 4 parts by mass Plasticizer: Sugar ester 1; BzSc (benzylsucrose: mixture of compounds a1 to a4 described in Chemical formula 11 ), Average degree of ester substitution = 5.5 12 parts by mass Dichloromethane 430 parts by mass Methanol 11 parts by mass [Production of retardation films 106 to 116]
In the production of the retardation film 105, resin A: diacetyl cellulose having a degree of acetyl group substitution described in Table 1 (weight average molecular weight is adjusted to 270,000), resin B: degree of acetyl group substitution described in Table 1, propionyl group Retardation films 106 to 116 are the same except that cellulose acetate propionate having a substitution degree and a butyryl group (Bt group) substitution degree and cellulose acetate butyrate (both weight average molecular weights are adjusted to 270,000) are used. Was made.
 ≪位相差フィルムの評価≫
 作製した位相差フィルム101~116について以下の評価を実施した。
<< Evaluation of retardation film >>
The following evaluations were performed on the produced retardation films 101 to 116.
 (1)リターデーション値の測定
 面内位相差値Ro、及び厚さ方向の位相差値Rthは、位相差フィルムより任意に10点の試料フィルムを切り出し、自動複屈折率計アクソスキャン(Axo Scan Mueller Matrix Polarimeter:アクソメトリックス社製)を用いて、23℃・55%RHの環境下、590nmの波長において、三次元屈折率測定を行い、得られた平均屈折率nx、ny、nzを下記式(i)及び(ii)に代入して求めた。
(1) Retardation value measurement In-plane retardation value Ro and thickness direction retardation value Rth are obtained by arbitrarily cutting 10 sample films from the retardation film, and using an automatic birefringence meter Axoscan (Axo Scan). Using a Mueller Matrix Polarimeter (manufactured by Axometrics), three-dimensional refractive index measurement is performed at a wavelength of 590 nm in an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH, and the obtained average refractive indexes nx, ny, and nz Obtained by substituting into (i) and (ii).
 式(i):Ro=(n-n)×d(nm)
 式(ii):Rth={(n+n)/2-n}×d(nm)
〔式(i)及び式(ii)において、nは、フィルムの面内方向において屈折率が最大になる方向xにおける屈折率を表す。nは、フィルムの面内方向において、前記方向xと直交する方向yにおける屈折率を表す。nは、フィルムの厚さ方向zにおける屈折率を表す。dは、フィルムの厚さ(nm)を表す。〕
 (2)脆性評価
 〈カッティング性:製造工程での脆性代替評価〉
 軽荷重引き裂き試験機(東洋精機社製)を用いて光学フィルム試料を引き裂き、目視により以下の判断基準で評価した。
Formula (i): Ro = (n x −n y ) × d (nm)
Formula (ii): Rth = {(n x + n y ) / 2−n z } × d (nm)
In [Equation (i) and Formula (ii), n x represents a refractive index in the direction x in which the refractive index is maximized in the plane direction of the film. n y, in-plane direction of the film, the refractive index in the direction y perpendicular to the direction x. nz represents the refractive index in the thickness direction z of the film. d represents the thickness (nm) of the film. ]
(2) Brittleness evaluation <Cutting property: Brittleness alternative evaluation in manufacturing process>
The optical film sample was torn using a light load tear tester (manufactured by Toyo Seiki Co., Ltd.) and evaluated visually by the following criteria.
 ◎:引き裂き面が非常に滑らかで、かつ、真っ直ぐに裂けている
 ○:引き裂き面に微かにバリがあるが、真っ直ぐに裂けている
 △:引き裂き面にバリがあるが、真っ直ぐに裂けている
 ×:引き裂き面にバリがかなりあり、真っ直ぐに裂けていない
 (3)ケン化処理適性
 アルカリケン化処理は、2m幅の位相差フィルムを下記条件にて120時間連続アルカリケン化処理した後、ケン化液をサンプリングし目視確認した。白色異物が確認された場合は、ケン化後フィルムの目視確認も行った。
◎: The tear surface is very smooth and is torn straight ○: The tear surface has slight burrs but is torn straight △: The tear surface has burrs but is torn straight × : There are considerable burrs on the tear surface, and it is not torn straight. (3) Suitability for saponification treatment In alkali saponification treatment, a 2 m wide retardation film is subjected to alkaline saponification treatment for 120 hours under the following conditions, followed by saponification. The liquid was sampled and visually confirmed. When white foreign matter was confirmed, visual confirmation of the film after saponification was also performed.
 〈ケン化工程〉
 ケン化工程  2M-KOH   55℃  30秒
 水洗工程   水        30℃  45秒
 中和工程   10質量%HCl 30℃  45秒
 水洗工程   水        30℃  45秒
 〈ケン化液の白色異物〉
 ◎:ケン化液中に白色異物、やケン化液の着色は確認できない
 ○:ケン化液中に白色異物、やケン化液の着色は僅かに確認できるが、フィルムへの再付着は確認できない
 △:ケン化液中に白色異物は確認できるが、フィルムへの再付着は確認できない
 ×:ケン化液中に大量の白色異物が確認でき、フィルムへの再付着も起こっている
 (4)湿度変動によるリターデーション値変動(表中、R値変動と略記)
 〈水浸漬によるリターデーション値の測定〉
 下記のようにして、湿度変動によるリターデーション値変動の測定を行った。なお、下記の操作は全て、温度23℃、相対湿度55%の環境下で行った。
<Saponification process>
Saponification process 2M-KOH 55 ° C. 30 seconds Water washing process Water 30 ° C. 45 seconds Neutralization process 10% HCl 30 ° C. 45 seconds Water washing process Water 30 ° C. 45 seconds <White foreign substance of saponification solution>
◎: No white foreign matter in the saponification liquid or coloring of the saponification liquid can be confirmed. ○: White foreign matter in the saponification liquid or coloring of the saponification liquid can be confirmed slightly, but reattachment to the film cannot be confirmed. Δ: White foreign matter can be confirmed in the saponification solution, but reattachment to the film cannot be confirmed. ×: A large amount of white foreign matter can be confirmed in the saponification solution, and reattachment to the film also occurs. (4) Humidity Retardation value fluctuation due to fluctuations (abbreviated as R value fluctuation in the table)
<Measurement of retardation value by water immersion>
The retardation value variation due to humidity variation was measured as follows. The following operations were all performed in an environment of a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 55%.
 1.位相差フィルムを2枚のスライドガラスで挟んだ状態で、Ro、Rthを測定し、これをRo、Rthとした。 1. Ro and Rth were measured in a state where the retardation film was sandwiched between two slide glasses, and these were designated as Ro 1 and Rth 1 .
 2.位相差フィルムを純水中に24時間浸した後、水で湿った位相差フィルムを素早く2枚のスライドガラスで挟み、Ro、Rthを測定し、これをRo、Rthとした。このとき、スライドガラスとフィルムの間に気泡が入らない様に注意した。 2. After immersing the retardation film in pure water for 24 hours, the retardation film wet with water was quickly sandwiched between two glass slides, and Ro and Rth were measured. These were designated as Ro 2 and Rth 2 . At this time, care was taken not to allow air bubbles to enter between the slide glass and the film.
 3.上記1、2で得られたRo、Rth、Ro、Rthから、23℃の純水に24時間浸した後の光学フィルムのリターデーション値の変化量ΔRo、ΔRthを差の絶対値として下記式に当てはめて算出した。 3. Absolute values of the differences ΔRo, ΔRth of the retardation values of the optical film after being immersed in pure water at 23 ° C. for 24 hours from Ro 1 , Rth 1 , Ro 2 , Rth 2 obtained in 1 and 2 above. As follows.
 ΔRo=|Ro-Ro2|
 ΔRth=|Rth-Rth
 次に、リターデーション値変動抑制効果を以下の式で求められる変動抑制率(%)として評価した。
ΔRo = | Ro 1Ro 2 |
ΔRth = | Rth 1 −Rth 2 |
Next, the retardation value fluctuation suppression effect was evaluated as a fluctuation suppression rate (%) obtained by the following formula.
 Ro変動抑制率(%)=((基準フィルムのΔRo)-(各サンプルフィルムのΔRo))/(基準フィルムのΔRo)×100
 Rth変動抑制率(%)=((基準フィルムのΔRth)-(各サンプルフィルムのΔRth))/(基準フィルムのΔRth)×100
 リターデーション値変動抑制効果を以下の式で求められる変動抑制率(%)として評価した。
Ro fluctuation suppression rate (%) = ((ΔRo of reference film) − (ΔRo of each sample film)) / (ΔRo of reference film) × 100
Rth fluctuation suppression rate (%) = ((ΔRth of reference film) − (ΔRth of each sample film)) / (ΔRth of reference film) × 100
The retardation value fluctuation suppression effect was evaluated as a fluctuation suppression rate (%) obtained by the following formula.
 ◎:Ro変動率抑制率及びRth変動抑制率が共に70%以上
 ○:Ro変動率抑制率及びRth変動抑制率が共に50%以上、70%未満
 △:Ro変動率抑制率及びRth変動抑制率が共に20%以上、50%未満
 ×:Ro変動率抑制率及びRth変動抑制率が共に20%未満
 位相差フィルムの構成及び上記評価結果を、下記表1に示す。
◎: Both Ro fluctuation rate suppression rate and Rth fluctuation suppression rate are 70% or more. ○: Ro fluctuation rate suppression rate and Rth fluctuation suppression rate are both 50% or more and less than 70%. Δ: Ro fluctuation rate suppression rate and Rth fluctuation suppression rate. Are both 20% or more and less than 50%. X: Ro fluctuation rate suppression rate and Rth fluctuation suppression rate are both less than 20%. The structure of the retardation film and the evaluation results are shown in Table 1 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000022
 表1より、本発明の構成の位相差フィルム105、106、107、110~112は、比較例に対し、脆性、ケン化適性及びR値変動が総合的に優れていることが分かる。 From Table 1, it can be seen that the retardation films 105, 106, 107, and 110 to 112 having the configuration of the present invention are comprehensively superior in brittleness, saponification suitability, and R value fluctuation compared to the comparative example.
 セルロースエステル樹脂を単独で用いた位相差フィルム101~104、樹脂Aとしてアセチル基置換度は本発明外の位相差フィルム108、109、及び樹脂Bとして総アシル基置換度が本発明外の位相差フィルム113~116は、脆性、ケン化適性及びR値変動のどれかが劣っており、総合的に優れた位相差フィルムが得られていないことが明らかである。 Retardation films 101 to 104 using cellulose ester resin alone, acetyl group substitution degree as resin A is retardation film 108, 109 outside the present invention, and total acyl group substitution degree as resin B is retardation outside the present invention. The films 113 to 116 are inferior in brittleness, saponification suitability, and R value fluctuation, and it is clear that a comprehensive retardation film is not obtained.
 実施例2
 〔位相差フィルム201の作製〕
 実施例1の位相差フィルム101の作製において、ドープの調製を下記主ドープの組成にした以外は同様にして、位相差フィルム201を作製した。
Example 2
[Production of retardation film 201]
In the production of the retardation film 101 of Example 1, a retardation film 201 was produced in the same manner except that the dope was prepared with the following main dope composition.
 (ドープの調製)
 〈主ドープの組成〉
 ジアセチルセルロース(アセチル基置換度:2.50、重量平均分子量2
7万)                         100質量部
 表2記載のリターデーション上昇剤(一般式(1)で表される構造を有
する化合物:トリアゾール1)                4質量部
 可塑剤:糖エステル1;BzSc(ベンジルスクロース:化11に記載
の化合物a1~a4の混合物)、平均エステル置換度=5.5 12質量部
 ジクロロメタン                    430質量部
 メタノール                       11質量部
 〔位相差フィルム202の作製〕
 位相差フィルム201の作製において、ドープの調製を下記主ドープの組成にした以外は同様にして、位相差フィルム202を作製した。
(Preparation of dope)
<Composition of main dope>
Diacetylcellulose (acetyl group substitution degree: 2.50, weight average molecular weight 2
70,000) 100 parts by mass Retardation increasing agent described in Table 2 (compound having structure represented by general formula (1): triazole 1) 4 parts by mass plasticizer: sugar ester 1; BzSc (benzyl sucrose: A mixture of the described compounds a1 to a4), average ester substitution degree = 5.5 12 parts by mass dichloromethane 430 parts by mass methanol 11 parts by mass [Preparation of retardation film 202]
In the production of the retardation film 201, a retardation film 202 was produced in the same manner except that the dope was prepared with the following main dope composition.
 (ドープの調製)
 〈主ドープの組成〉
 ジアセチルセルロース(アセチル基置換度:2.50、重量平均分子量2
7万)                          50質量部
 セルロースアセテートプロピオネート(アセチル基置換度1.5、プロピ
オニル基置換度1.0、総アシル基置換度2.5、重量平均分子量27万)
                             50質量部
 表2記載のリターデーション上昇剤(一般式(1)で表される構造を有
する化合物:トリアゾール1)          4質量部
 可塑剤:糖エステル1;BzSc(ベンジルスクロース:化11に記載
の化合物a1~a4の混合物)、平均エステル置換度=5.5 12質量部
 ジクロロメタン                    430質量部
 メタノール                       11質量部
 〔位相差フィルム203~221の作製〕
 位相差フィルム201及び位相差フィルム202の作製において、表2に記載の樹脂A、樹脂B及び本発明に係るリターデーション上昇剤をそれぞれ用いた以外は同様にして、位相差フィルム203~221を作製した。なおリターデーション上昇剤として、一般式(1)で表される構造を有する化合物以外に、特開2006-113239号公報段落〔0143〕~〔0179〕に記載の1,3,5-トリアジン系化合物、及び特開2012-214682号公報段落〔0118〕~〔0133〕記載のピリミジン系化合物として、下記化合物1及び化合物2を用いた。
(Preparation of dope)
<Composition of main dope>
Diacetylcellulose (acetyl group substitution degree: 2.50, weight average molecular weight 2
70,000) 50 parts by mass Cellulose acetate propionate (acetyl group substitution degree 1.5, propionyl group substitution degree 1.0, total acyl group substitution degree 2.5, weight average molecular weight 270,000)
50 parts by mass Retardation increasing agent described in Table 2 (compound having structure represented by general formula (1): triazole 1) 4 parts by mass Plasticizer: sugar ester 1; BzSc (benzyl sucrose: compound described in Chemical formula 11 mixture of a1 to a4), average ester substitution degree = 5.5 12 parts by mass dichloromethane 430 parts by mass methanol 11 parts by mass [Preparation of retardation films 203 to 221]
In the production of the phase difference film 201 and the phase difference film 202, the phase difference films 203 to 221 were produced in the same manner except that the resin A, resin B and the retardation increasing agent according to the present invention shown in Table 2 were used. did. In addition to the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (1) as the retardation increasing agent, 1,3,5-triazine compounds described in paragraphs [0143] to [0179] of JP-A-2006-113239 The following compounds 1 and 2 were used as pyrimidine compounds described in JP-A-2012-214682, paragraphs [0118] to [0133].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 作製した位相差フィルムを用いて、実施例1と同様な評価を行った。 Evaluation similar to Example 1 was performed using the produced retardation film.
 位相差フィルムの構成及び評価結果を表2に示す。 Table 2 shows the configuration and evaluation results of the retardation film.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000024
 表2より、本発明の構成で種々なリターデーション上昇剤を用いた位相差フィルム202、204、206、208、210~221は、実施例1を再現し、比較例に対して脆性、ケン化適性及びR値変動が総合的に優れていることが分かる。中でも、ピラゾール環を有する含窒素複素環化合物をリターデーション上昇剤として用いた位相差フィルム213、214は、脆性、ケン化適性及びR値変動の全てが優れている結果であった。 From Table 2, retardation films 202, 204, 206, 208, and 210 to 221 using various retardation increasing agents in the constitution of the present invention reproduce Example 1 and are brittle and saponified with respect to the comparative example. It can be seen that aptitude and R value fluctuation are excellent overall. Among them, the retardation films 213 and 214 using a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound having a pyrazole ring as a retardation increasing agent were excellent in brittleness, saponification suitability and R value fluctuation.
 実施例3
 〔位相差フィルム301の作製〕
 実施例1の位相差フィルム105の作製において、ドープの調製を下記主ドープの組成にした以外は同様にして、位相差フィルム301を作製した。
Example 3
[Preparation of retardation film 301]
In the production of the retardation film 105 of Example 1, a retardation film 301 was produced in the same manner except that the dope was prepared with the following main dope composition.
 (ドープの調製)
 〈主ドープの組成〉
 ジアセチルセルロース(アセチル基置換度:2.50、重量平均分子量2
7万)                           5質量部
 セルロースアセテートプロピオネート(アセチル基置換度1.5、プロピ
オニル基置換度1.0、総アシル基置換度2.5、重量平均分子量27万)
                             95質量部
 リターデーション上昇剤:一般式(1)で表される構造を有する化合物
:ピラゾール3                       4質量部
 可塑剤:糖エステル1;BzSc(ベンジルスクロース:化11に記載
の化合物a1~a4の混合物)、平均エステル置換度=5.5 12質量部
 ジクロロメタン                    430質量部
 メタノール                       11質量部
 〔位相差フィルム302~308の作製〕
 位相差フィルム301の作製において、樹脂A:ジアセチルセルロース及び樹脂B:セルロースアセテートプロピオネートの混合比率を表3記載のように変化させた以外は同様にして、位相差フィルム302~308を作製した。
(Preparation of dope)
<Composition of main dope>
Diacetylcellulose (acetyl group substitution degree: 2.50, weight average molecular weight 2
70,000) 5 parts by mass Cellulose acetate propionate (acetyl group substitution degree 1.5, propionyl group substitution degree 1.0, total acyl group substitution degree 2.5, weight average molecular weight 270,000)
95 parts by mass Retardation increasing agent: Compound having the structure represented by the general formula (1): Pyrazole 3 4 parts by mass Plasticizer: Sugar ester 1; BzSc (benzylsucrose: mixture of compounds a1 to a4 described in Chemical formula 11 ), Average ester substitution degree = 5.5 12 parts by mass Dichloromethane 430 parts by mass Methanol 11 parts by mass [Production of retardation films 302 to 308]
In the production of the retardation film 301, retardation films 302 to 308 were produced in the same manner except that the mixing ratio of resin A: diacetyl cellulose and resin B: cellulose acetate propionate was changed as shown in Table 3. .
 作製した位相差フィルムを用いて、実施例1と同様な評価を行った。 Evaluation similar to Example 1 was performed using the produced retardation film.
 位相差フィルムの構成及び評価結果を表3に示す。 Table 3 shows the configuration and evaluation results of the retardation film.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000025
 表3より、本発明の構成の位相差フィルム302~307は、実施例1を再現し、比較例に対して脆性、ケン化適性及びR値変動が総合的に優れていることが分かる。中でも、樹脂Aと樹脂Bの混合比率が、樹脂A:樹脂B=3:7~7:3の範囲にある位相差フィルムは、脆性、ケン化適性及びR値変動の全てが優れている結果であった。 From Table 3, it can be seen that the retardation films 302 to 307 having the configuration of the present invention reproduce Example 1 and are generally excellent in brittleness, saponification suitability, and R value fluctuation compared to the comparative example. Among them, the retardation film in which the mixing ratio of the resin A and the resin B is in the range of resin A: resin B = 3: 7 to 7: 3 is excellent in brittleness, saponification suitability and R value fluctuation. Met.
 実施例4
 〔位相差フィルム401の作製〕
 実施例1の位相差フィルム105の作製において、ドープの調製を下記主ドープの組成にした以外は同様にして、位相差フィルム401を作製した。
Example 4
[Production of Retardation Film 401]
In the production of the retardation film 105 of Example 1, a retardation film 401 was produced in the same manner except that the dope was prepared with the following main dope composition.
 (ドープの調製)
 〈主ドープの組成〉
 ジアセチルセルロース(アセチル基置換度:2.50、重量平均分子量2
7万)                          50質量部
 セルロースアセテートプロピオネート(アセチル基置換度0.1、プロ
ピオニル基置換度2.5、総アシル基置換度2.6、重量平均分子量27
万)                           50質量部
 リターデーション上昇剤:一般式(1)で表される構造を有する化合物
:ピラゾール3                       4質量部
 可塑剤:糖エステル1;BzSc(ベンジルスクロース:化11に記載
の化合物a1~a4の混合物)、平均エステル置換度=5.5 12質量部
 ジクロロメタン                    430質量部
 メタノール                       11質量部
 〔位相差フィルム402~416の作製〕
 位相差フィルム401の作製において、樹脂Bとして表4記載のアセチル基置換度及びプロピオニル基置換度を有するセルロースアセテートプロピオネート(いずれも重量平均分子量27万)、又は表4記載のアセチル基置換度及びブチリル基置換度を有するセルロースアセテートブチレート(いずれも重量平均分子量27万)にそれぞれ代えた以外は同様にして位相差フィルム402~416を作製した。
(Preparation of dope)
<Composition of main dope>
Diacetylcellulose (acetyl group substitution degree: 2.50, weight average molecular weight 2
50,000 parts by weight Cellulose acetate propionate (acetyl group substitution degree 0.1, propionyl group substitution degree 2.5, total acyl group substitution degree 2.6, weight average molecular weight 27
50 parts by mass Retardation increasing agent: Compound having structure represented by general formula (1): Pyrazole 3 4 parts by mass Plasticizer: Sugar ester 1; BzSc (benzylsucrose: Compounds a1 to a4 described in Chemical formula 11 ), Average ester substitution degree = 5.5 12 parts by mass Dichloromethane 430 parts by mass Methanol 11 parts by mass [Production of retardation films 402 to 416]
In the production of the retardation film 401, as the resin B, cellulose acetate propionate having a degree of acetyl group substitution and propionyl group substitution described in Table 4 (both having a weight average molecular weight of 270,000), or a degree of acetyl group substitution described in Table 4 Retardation films 402 to 416 were prepared in the same manner except that each was replaced with cellulose acetate butyrate having a butyryl group substitution degree (all with a weight average molecular weight of 270,000).
 〔位相差フィルム417の作製〕
 位相差フィルム404の作製において、ドープの調製を下記主ドープの組成にした以外は同様にして、位相差フィルム417を作製した。
[Production of Retardation Film 417]
In the production of the retardation film 404, a retardation film 417 was produced in the same manner except that the dope was prepared with the following main dope composition.
 (ドープの調製)
 〈主ドープの組成〉
 ジアセチルセルロース(アセチル基置換度:2.50、重量平均分子量2
7万)                          50質量部
 セルロースアセテートプロピオネート(アセチル基置換度1.0、プロ
ピオニル基置換度1.5、総アシル基置換度2.5、重量平均分子量27
万)                           50質量部
 リターデーション上昇剤:一般式(1)で表される構造を有する化合物
:ピラゾール3                       4質量部
 可塑剤:一般式(4)で表される構造を有する重縮合エステル:P-8
                             10質量部
 ジクロロメタン                    430質量部
 メタノール                       11質量部
 〔位相差フィルム418の作製〕
 位相差フィルム404の作製において、ドープの調製を下記主ドープの組成にした以外は同様にして、位相差フィルム418を作製した。
(Preparation of dope)
<Composition of main dope>
Diacetylcellulose (acetyl group substitution degree: 2.50, weight average molecular weight 2
70 parts by weight Cellulose acetate propionate (acetyl group substitution degree 1.0, propionyl group substitution degree 1.5, total acyl group substitution degree 2.5, weight average molecular weight 27
50 parts by weight Retardation increasing agent: Compound having structure represented by general formula (1): 4 parts by weight of pyrazole 3 Plasticizer: Polycondensation ester having structure represented by general formula (4): P— 8
10 parts by mass Dichloromethane 430 parts by mass Methanol 11 parts by mass [Production of retardation film 418]
In the production of the retardation film 404, a retardation film 418 was produced in the same manner except that the dope was prepared with the following main dope composition.
 (ドープの調製)
 〈主ドープの組成〉
 ジアセチルセルロース(アセチル基置換度:2.50、重量平均分子量2
7万)                          50質量部
 セルロースアセテートプロピオネート(アセチル基置換度1.0、プロピ
オニル基置換度1.5、総アシル基置換度2.5、重量平均分子量27万
)                            50質量部
 リターデーション上昇剤:一般式(1)で表される構造を有する化合物
:ピラゾール3                       4質量部
 可塑剤:糖エステル1;BzSc(ベンジルスクロース:化11に記載
の化合物a1~a4の混合物)、平均エステル置換度=5.5 12質量部
 ジクロロメタン                    430質量部
 メタノール                       11質量部
 〔位相差フィルム419~421の作製〕
 位相差フィルム418の作製において、糖エステル1を下記糖エステル2~4に代えた以外は同様にして、位相差フィルム419~421を作製した。
(Preparation of dope)
<Composition of main dope>
Diacetylcellulose (acetyl group substitution degree: 2.50, weight average molecular weight 2
70,000) 50 parts by weight Cellulose acetate propionate (acetyl group substitution degree 1.0, propionyl group substitution degree 1.5, total acyl group substitution degree 2.5, weight average molecular weight 270,000) 50 parts by weight Retardation increasing agent : Compound having a structure represented by the general formula (1): 4 parts by mass of pyrazole 3 Plasticizer: Sugar ester 1; BzSc (benzyl sucrose: mixture of compounds a1 to a4 described in Chemical formula 11), average ester substitution degree = 5.5 12 parts by mass Dichloromethane 430 parts by mass Methanol 11 parts by mass [Production of retardation films 419 to 421]
In the production of the retardation film 418, retardation films 419 to 421 were produced in the same manner except that the sugar ester 1 was replaced with the following sugar esters 2 to 4.
 糖エステル2:BzSc(ベンジルスクロース:化11に記載の化合物b1~b4の混合物)、平均エステル置換度=5.8
 糖エステル3:BzSc(ベンジルスクロース:化11に記載の化合物c1~c4の混合物)、平均エステル置換度=6.1
 糖エステル4:BzSc(ベンジルスクロース:化11に記載の化合物e1~e4の混合物)、平均エステル置換度=5.7
 〔位相差フィルム422の作製〕
 位相差フィルム404の作製において、ドープの調製を下記主ドープの組成にした以外は同様にして、位相差フィルム422を作製した。
Sugar ester 2: BzSc (benzyl sucrose: mixture of compounds b1 to b4 described in Chemical formula 11), average degree of ester substitution = 5.8
Sugar ester 3: BzSc (benzyl sucrose: mixture of compounds c1 to c4 described in Chemical formula 11), average degree of ester substitution = 6.1
Sugar ester 4: BzSc (benzyl sucrose: mixture of compounds e1 to e4 described in Chemical formula 11), average degree of ester substitution = 5.7
[Production of Retardation Film 422]
In the production of the retardation film 404, a retardation film 422 was produced in the same manner except that the dope was prepared with the following main dope composition.
 (ドープの調製)
 〈主ドープの組成〉
 ジアセチルセルロース(アセチル基置換度:2.50、重量平均分子量2
7万)                          50質量部
 セルロースアセテートプロピオネート(アセチル基置換度1.0、プロ
ピオニル基置換度1.5、総アシル基置換度2.5、重量平均分子量27
万)                           50質量部
 リターデーション上昇剤:一般式(1)で表される構造を有する化合物
:ピラゾール3                       4質量部
 可塑剤:トリメチロールプロパントリベンゾエート     10質量部
 ジクロロメタン                    430質量部
 メタノール                       11質量部
 作製した位相差フィルムを用いて、実施例1と同様な評価を行った。
(Preparation of dope)
<Composition of main dope>
Diacetylcellulose (acetyl group substitution degree: 2.50, weight average molecular weight 2
70 parts by weight Cellulose acetate propionate (acetyl group substitution degree 1.0, propionyl group substitution degree 1.5, total acyl group substitution degree 2.5, weight average molecular weight 27
50 parts by weight Retardation increasing agent: Compound having the structure represented by the general formula (1): 4 parts by weight of pyrazole 3 Plasticizer: 10 parts by weight of trimethylolpropane tribenzoate Dichloromethane 430 parts by weight Methanol 11 parts by weight Evaluation similar to Example 1 was performed using the retardation film.
 位相差フィルムの構成及び評価結果を表4に示す。 Table 4 shows the structure and evaluation results of the retardation film.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000026
 表4より、本発明の構成の位相差フィルムは、実施例1を再現し、脆性、ケン化適性及びR値変動が総合的に優れていることが分かる。中でも、樹脂Bのプロピオニル基置換度及びブチリル基置換度は、0.5~2.2の範囲内である位相差フィルム402~407及び410~415は、脆性、ケン化適性及びR値変動が優れている結果であった。 From Table 4, it can be seen that the retardation film of the constitution of the present invention reproduces Example 1 and is comprehensively excellent in brittleness, saponification suitability and R value fluctuation. Among them, the retardation films 402 to 407 and 410 to 415 in which the substitution degree of propionyl group and butyryl group of the resin B are in the range of 0.5 to 2.2 have brittleness, saponification suitability, and R value fluctuation. The result was excellent.
 実施例5
 〔位相差フィルム501の作製〕
 実施例4の位相差フィルム418の作製において、ドープの調製を下記主ドープの組成にし、膜厚を9μmにした以外は同様にして、位相差フィルム501を作製した。
Example 5
[Production of Retardation Film 501]
In the production of the retardation film 418 of Example 4, a retardation film 501 was produced in the same manner except that the dope was prepared with the following main dope composition and the film thickness was 9 μm.
 (ドープの調製)
 〈主ドープの組成〉
 ジアセチルセルロース(アセチル基置換度:2.50、重量平均分子量2
7万)                          50質量部
 セルロースアセテートプロピオネート(アセチル基置換度1.0、プロ
ピオニル基置換度1.5、総アシル基置換度2.5、重量平均分子量27
万)                           50質量部
 リターデーション上昇剤:一般式(1)で表される構造を有する化合物
:ピラゾール3                       4質量部
 可塑剤:一般式(4)で表される構造を有する重縮合エステル:P-8
                              5質量部
 可塑剤:糖エステル1;BzSc(ベンジルスクロース:化11に記載
の化合物a1~a4の混合物)、平均エステル置換度=5.5  7質量部
 ジクロロメタン                    430質量部
 メタノール                       11質量部
 〔位相差フィルム502の~506作製〕
 位相差フィルム501の作製において、膜厚を10μm、20μm、30μm、36μm及び40μmに変化させた以外は同様にして、位相差フィルム501~506を作製した。
(Preparation of dope)
<Composition of main dope>
Diacetylcellulose (acetyl group substitution degree: 2.50, weight average molecular weight 2
70 parts by weight Cellulose acetate propionate (acetyl group substitution degree 1.0, propionyl group substitution degree 1.5, total acyl group substitution degree 2.5, weight average molecular weight 27
50 parts by weight Retardation increasing agent: Compound having structure represented by general formula (1): 4 parts by weight of pyrazole 3 Plasticizer: Polycondensation ester having structure represented by general formula (4): P— 8
5 parts by mass Plasticizer: Sugar ester 1; BzSc (benzyl sucrose: mixture of compounds a1 to a4 described in Chemical formula 11), average ester substitution degree = 5.5 7 parts by mass Dichloromethane 430 parts by mass Methanol 11 parts by mass [Phase difference Preparation of film 502 to 506]
In the production of the retardation film 501, retardation films 501 to 506 were produced in the same manner except that the film thickness was changed to 10 μm, 20 μm, 30 μm, 36 μm, and 40 μm.
 以上作製した位相差フィルム501~506について実施例1と同様な評価を実施した。 For the retardation films 501 to 506 produced above, the same evaluation as in Example 1 was performed.
 さらに、下記手順にて、偏光板及びVA型液晶表示装置を作製した。 Further, a polarizing plate and a VA type liquid crystal display device were produced by the following procedure.
 〔偏光板501~506の作製〕
 上記で作製した各位相差フィルムの表面をアルカリケン化処理した。1.5モル/Lの水酸化ナトリウム水溶液に55℃で2分間浸漬し、室温の水洗浴槽中で洗浄し、30℃で0.1規定の硫酸を用いて中和した。再度、室温の水洗浴槽中で洗浄し、さらに100℃の温風で乾燥した。
[Production of Polarizing Plates 501 to 506]
The surface of each retardation film produced above was subjected to alkali saponification treatment. It was immersed in a 1.5 mol / L aqueous sodium hydroxide solution at 55 ° C. for 2 minutes, washed in a water bath at room temperature, and neutralized with 0.1 N sulfuric acid at 30 ° C. Again, it was washed in a water bath at room temperature and further dried with hot air at 100 ° C.
 続いて、厚さ80μmのロール状ポリビニルアルコールフィルムをヨウ素水溶液中で連続して5倍に延伸し、乾燥して厚さ20μmの偏光子1を得た。ポリビニルアルコール(クラレ製PVA-117H)3%水溶液を接着剤として、前記のアルカリケン化処理した各位相差フィルムと、同様のアルカリケン化処理したコニカミノルタタックKC6UA(コニカミノルタ(株)製)を用意し、これらのケン化した面が偏光子側となるようにして偏光子を間に挟んで貼り合わせ、各位相差フィルム、偏光子1、KC6UAがこの順に貼り合わせてある偏光板501~506をそれぞれ得た。この際、各位相差フィルムの遅相軸及びKC6UAの遅相軸が、偏光子の吸収軸と直交するように貼り付けた。 Subsequently, a roll-shaped polyvinyl alcohol film having a thickness of 80 μm was continuously stretched 5 times in an iodine aqueous solution and dried to obtain a polarizer 1 having a thickness of 20 μm. Prepared each of the above alkali saponified retardation films and the same alkali saponified Konica Minolta KC6UA (manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd.) using a 3% aqueous solution of polyvinyl alcohol (Kuraray PVA-117H) as an adhesive. The polarizing plates 501 to 506 are bonded to each other so that the saponified surfaces are on the polarizer side with the polarizer sandwiched therebetween, and the retardation films, the polarizer 1 and the KC6UA are bonded in this order. Obtained. At this time, the retardation films were stuck so that the slow axis of each retardation film and the slow axis of KC6UA were orthogonal to the absorption axis of the polarizer.
 <液晶表示装置の視認性の評価>
 〔液晶表示装置501~506の作製〕
 SONY製40型ディスプレイBRAVIA X1のあらかじめ貼合されていた両面の偏光板を剥がして、上記作製した偏光板501~506をそれぞれ液晶セルのガラス面の両面に、アクリル系粘着剤を用いて貼合した。
<Evaluation of visibility of liquid crystal display device>
[Production of liquid crystal display devices 501 to 506]
Strip the polarizing plates on both sides of the Sony 40-inch display BRAVIA X1 previously bonded, and then paste the polarizing plates 501 to 506 prepared above on both sides of the glass surface of the liquid crystal cell using an acrylic adhesive. did.
 その際、その偏光板の貼合の向きは、位相差フィルムの面が、液晶セル側となるように、かつ、あらかじめ貼合されていた偏光板と同一の方向に吸収軸が向くように行い、それぞれ、偏光板501~506に対応する液晶表示装置501~506を各々作製した。 At that time, the polarizing plate is bonded so that the surface of the retardation film is on the liquid crystal cell side and the absorption axis is directed in the same direction as the polarizing plate previously bonded. Then, liquid crystal display devices 501 to 506 corresponding to the polarizing plates 501 to 506 were produced, respectively.
 〔視認性:コントラストの評価〕
 液晶表示装置に白画像を表示させたときの、表示画面の方位角45°方向、極角60°方向におけるXYZ表示系のY値を、ELDIM社製 製品名「EZ Contrast160D」により測定した。同様に、液晶表示装置に黒画像を表示させたときの、表示画面の方位角45°方向、極角60°方向におけるXYZ表示系のY値を測定した。そして、白画像におけるY値(YW)と、黒画像におけるY値(YB)とから、斜め方向のコントラスト比「YW/YB」を算出した。コントラスト比の測定は、温度23℃、相対湿度55%の暗室内にて行った。なお、方位角45°とは、表示画面の面内で、表示画面の長辺を0°としたときに反時計周りに45°回転させた方位を表す。極角60°とは、表示画面の法線方向を0°としたときに、法線に対して60°傾斜した方向を表す。コントラスト比が高いほど、コントラストが高く好ましい。
[Visibility: Evaluation of contrast]
When a white image was displayed on the liquid crystal display device, the Y value of the XYZ display system in the azimuth angle 45 ° direction and polar angle 60 ° direction of the display screen was measured by a product name “EZ Contrast 160D” manufactured by ELDIM. Similarly, the Y value of the XYZ display system in the azimuth angle 45 ° direction and polar angle 60 ° direction of the display screen when displaying a black image on the liquid crystal display device was measured. Then, the contrast ratio “YW / YB” in the oblique direction was calculated from the Y value (YW) in the white image and the Y value (YB) in the black image. The contrast ratio was measured in a dark room at a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 55%. The azimuth angle of 45 ° represents an azimuth rotated 45 ° counterclockwise when the long side of the display screen is 0 ° in the plane of the display screen. The polar angle of 60 ° represents a direction inclined by 60 ° with respect to the normal line when the normal direction of the display screen is 0 °. The higher the contrast ratio, the higher the contrast and the better.
 ◎:コントラスト比が、60以上である
 ○:コントラスト比が、55以上、60未満である
 △:コントラスト比が、50以上、55未満である
 ×:コントラスト比が、50未満である
 位相差フィルムの構成及び以上の評価結果を下記表5に示す。
◎: Contrast ratio is 60 or more ○: Contrast ratio is 55 or more and less than 60 Δ: Contrast ratio is 50 or more and less than 55 ×: Contrast ratio is less than 50 Retardation film The structure and the above evaluation results are shown in Table 5 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000027
 表5より、本発明の構成であり膜厚が10~36μmの範囲内である位相差フィルム502~505は、実施例1を再現し、脆性、ケン化適性及びR値変動が総合的に優れていることが分かる。 From Table 5, the retardation films 502 to 505 having the constitution of the present invention and having a film thickness in the range of 10 to 36 μm reproduce Example 1, and are comprehensively excellent in brittleness, saponification suitability, and R value fluctuation. I understand that
 また、当該膜厚の範囲内であり本発明の構成の位相差フィルムを用いた偏光板及び液晶表示装置は、薄膜である位相差フィルムであるにもかかわらず、高リターデーション値を有することにより、視認性に優れた偏光板及びVA型液晶表示装置を提供できることが分かる。 Moreover, the polarizing plate and the liquid crystal display device using the retardation film having the structure of the present invention within the thickness range have a high retardation value despite being a retardation film that is a thin film. It can be seen that a polarizing plate and a VA liquid crystal display device excellent in visibility can be provided.
 本発明の位相差フィルムは、VA型液晶表示装置に具備されるセルロースエステル系の位相差フィルムであって、薄膜でありかつ高位相差値を有し、さらに高湿度下での位相差値変動耐性及びケン化処理適性に優れており、偏光板及び液晶表示装置に好適である。 The retardation film of the present invention is a cellulose ester-based retardation film provided in a VA liquid crystal display device, which is a thin film and has a high retardation value, and is resistant to retardation value fluctuation under high humidity. And is suitable for a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device.
 1 溶解釜
 3、6、12、15 濾過器
 4、13 ストック釜
 5、14 送液ポンプ
 8、16 導管
 10 紫外線吸収剤仕込釜
 20 合流管
 21 混合機
 30 加圧ダイ
 31 金属ベルト
 32 ウェブ
 33 剥離位置
 34 テンター延伸装置
 35 乾燥装置
 41 仕込釜
 42 ストック釜
 43 ポンプ
 44 濾過器
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Melting pot 3, 6, 12, 15 Filter 4, 13 Stock pot 5, 14 Liquid feed pump 8, 16 Conduit 10 Ultraviolet absorber preparation pot 20 Merge pipe 21 Mixer 30 Pressure die 31 Metal belt 32 Web 33 Peeling Position 34 Tenter stretching device 35 Drying device 41 Feeding pot 42 Stock pot 43 Pump 44 Filter

Claims (8)

  1.  少なくとも2種類のセルロースエステルとリターデーション上昇剤とを含有する位相差フィルムであって、
     前記2種類のセルロースエステルが、アセチル基置換度が2.40~2.60の範囲内であるセルロースアセテート(樹脂A)と、総アシル基置換度が2.40~2.60の範囲内で、炭素数3~6のアシル基を有するセルロースエステル(樹脂B)であり、かつ当該樹脂Aと樹脂Bとを質量比率で、樹脂A:樹脂B=1:9~9:1の範囲内で含有することを特徴とする位相差フィルム。
    A retardation film containing at least two cellulose esters and a retardation increasing agent,
    The two types of cellulose esters are cellulose acetate (resin A) having an acetyl group substitution degree in the range of 2.40 to 2.60, and a total acyl group substitution degree in the range of 2.40 to 2.60. A cellulose ester (resin B) having an acyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, and the resin A and the resin B in a mass ratio of resin A: resin B = 1: 9 to 9: 1 A retardation film containing the same.
  2.  前記樹脂Bが、プロピオニル基置換度が0.5~2.2の範囲内であるセルロースアセテートプロピオネート、又はブチリル基置換度が0.5~2.2の範囲内であるセルロースアセテートブチレートであることを特徴とする請求項1に記載の位相差フィルム。 The resin B is a cellulose acetate propionate having a propionyl group substitution degree in the range of 0.5 to 2.2, or a cellulose acetate butyrate having a butyryl group substitution degree in the range of 0.5 to 2.2. The retardation film according to claim 1, wherein:
  3.  前記リターデーション上昇剤が、含窒素複素環化合物であり、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、トリアゾール環又はイミダゾール環を有する化合物であることを特徴とする請求項1又は請求項2に記載の位相差フィルム。 The retardation film according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the retardation increasing agent is a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound, and is a compound having a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, a triazole ring or an imidazole ring.
  4.  前記含窒素複素環化合物が、下記一般式(3)で表される構造を有する化合物であることを特徴とする請求項3に記載の位相差フィルム。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (式中Aはピラゾール環を表す。Ar及びArはそれぞれ芳香族炭化水素環又は芳香族複素環を表し、置換基を有してもよい。Rは水素原子、アルキル基、アシル基、スルホニル基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、又はアリールオキシカルボニル基を表す。qは1又は2を表す。n及びmは1~3の整数を表す。)
    The retardation film according to claim 3, wherein the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound is a compound having a structure represented by the following general formula (3).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (In the formula, A represents a pyrazole ring. Ar 1 and Ar 2 each represent an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring and may have a substituent. R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an acyl group. A sulfonyl group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, or an aryloxycarbonyl group, q represents 1 or 2, and n and m represent an integer of 1 to 3.
  5.  膜厚が、10~36nmの範囲内であることを特徴とする請求項1から請求項4までのいずれか一項に記載の位相差フィルム。 The retardation film according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the film thickness is in the range of 10 to 36 nm.
  6.  さらに、糖エステル、又はジカルボン酸とジオールを反応させて得られる繰り返し単位を含む重縮合エステルを含有することを特徴とする請求項1から請求項5までのいずれか一項に記載の位相差フィルム。 Furthermore, it contains the polycondensation ester containing the repeating unit obtained by making sugar ester or dicarboxylic acid and diol react, The retardation film as described in any one of Claim 1-5 characterized by the above-mentioned. .
  7.  請求項1から請求項6までのいずれか一項に記載の位相差フィルムを具備することを特徴とする偏光板。 A polarizing plate comprising the retardation film according to any one of claims 1 to 6.
  8.  請求項7に記載の偏光板を具備することを特徴とするVA型液晶表示装置。 A VA liquid crystal display device comprising the polarizing plate according to claim 7.
PCT/JP2015/050323 2014-01-24 2015-01-08 Phase difference film, polarizing plate, and va-type liquid crystal display WO2015111435A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020167019775A KR20160101159A (en) 2014-01-24 2015-01-08 Phase difference film, polarizing plate, and va-type liquid crystal display
JP2015558793A JPWO2015111435A1 (en) 2014-01-24 2015-01-08 Retardation film, polarizing plate and VA liquid crystal display device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014-010918 2014-01-24
JP2014010918 2014-01-24

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015111435A1 true WO2015111435A1 (en) 2015-07-30

Family

ID=53681243

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2015/050323 WO2015111435A1 (en) 2014-01-24 2015-01-08 Phase difference film, polarizing plate, and va-type liquid crystal display

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2015111435A1 (en)
KR (1) KR20160101159A (en)
TW (1) TW201541161A (en)
WO (1) WO2015111435A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2017040757A (en) * 2015-08-19 2017-02-23 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Retardation film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP2017072775A (en) * 2015-10-09 2017-04-13 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Phase difference film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display
WO2018074102A1 (en) * 2016-10-18 2018-04-26 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Retardation film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017168807A1 (en) * 2016-03-31 2017-10-05 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Phase difference film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
WO2023086528A1 (en) * 2021-11-12 2023-05-19 Eastman Chemical Company Freshwater biodegradable mixed ester cellulose esters

Citations (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001100027A (en) * 1999-09-29 2001-04-13 Konica Corp Protective film for polarizing plate and production method of protective film for polarizing plate
JP2001356214A (en) * 2000-06-13 2001-12-26 Konica Corp Optical anisotropic substance, method for manufacturing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP2002236216A (en) * 2000-07-21 2002-08-23 Konica Corp Optical compensation film and polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device which uses the same
JP2003073485A (en) * 2001-09-06 2003-03-12 Konica Corp Cellulose ester film, method for producing the same, optical compensation film, polarizer and liquid crystal display device
JP2004168959A (en) * 2002-11-22 2004-06-17 Konica Minolta Holdings Inc Method for preparing composite cellulose ester solution, composite cellulose ester film, optical film, and process for producing optical film
JP2004177642A (en) * 2002-11-27 2004-06-24 Konica Minolta Holdings Inc Phase difference film and its manufacturing method, optical compensating film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP2006117714A (en) * 2004-10-19 2006-05-11 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Optical film, polarizing plate and display device
WO2006106639A1 (en) * 2005-03-31 2006-10-12 Kaneka Corporation Retardation film and process for producing the same
JP2007241125A (en) * 2006-03-10 2007-09-20 Fujifilm Corp Optical compensating film and method of manufacturing same, and polarizing plate using same, and liquid crystal display device
JP2010217500A (en) * 2009-03-17 2010-09-30 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Retardation film
JP2012215688A (en) * 2011-03-31 2012-11-08 Fujifilm Corp Optical film, method for manufacturing the same, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP2013061365A (en) * 2011-09-12 2013-04-04 Konica Minolta Advanced Layers Inc Polarizer plate protection film and polarizer plate
JP2013117560A (en) * 2011-12-01 2013-06-13 Konica Minolta Advanced Layers Inc Protective film for polarizing plate, method for manufacturing the same, polarizing plate and image display device
JP2013213871A (en) * 2012-03-30 2013-10-17 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Retardation film and method for manufacturing retardation film

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5720492B2 (en) 2011-08-23 2015-05-20 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Retardation film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP5835339B2 (en) 2011-10-06 2015-12-24 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Optical film, polarizing plate including the same, and liquid crystal display device
JP2013083706A (en) 2011-10-06 2013-05-09 Konica Minolta Advanced Layers Inc Optical film, and polarizing plate and image forming apparatus including the same

Patent Citations (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001100027A (en) * 1999-09-29 2001-04-13 Konica Corp Protective film for polarizing plate and production method of protective film for polarizing plate
JP2001356214A (en) * 2000-06-13 2001-12-26 Konica Corp Optical anisotropic substance, method for manufacturing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP2002236216A (en) * 2000-07-21 2002-08-23 Konica Corp Optical compensation film and polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device which uses the same
JP2003073485A (en) * 2001-09-06 2003-03-12 Konica Corp Cellulose ester film, method for producing the same, optical compensation film, polarizer and liquid crystal display device
JP2004168959A (en) * 2002-11-22 2004-06-17 Konica Minolta Holdings Inc Method for preparing composite cellulose ester solution, composite cellulose ester film, optical film, and process for producing optical film
JP2004177642A (en) * 2002-11-27 2004-06-24 Konica Minolta Holdings Inc Phase difference film and its manufacturing method, optical compensating film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP2006117714A (en) * 2004-10-19 2006-05-11 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Optical film, polarizing plate and display device
WO2006106639A1 (en) * 2005-03-31 2006-10-12 Kaneka Corporation Retardation film and process for producing the same
JP2007241125A (en) * 2006-03-10 2007-09-20 Fujifilm Corp Optical compensating film and method of manufacturing same, and polarizing plate using same, and liquid crystal display device
JP2010217500A (en) * 2009-03-17 2010-09-30 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Retardation film
JP2012215688A (en) * 2011-03-31 2012-11-08 Fujifilm Corp Optical film, method for manufacturing the same, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP2013061365A (en) * 2011-09-12 2013-04-04 Konica Minolta Advanced Layers Inc Polarizer plate protection film and polarizer plate
JP2013117560A (en) * 2011-12-01 2013-06-13 Konica Minolta Advanced Layers Inc Protective film for polarizing plate, method for manufacturing the same, polarizing plate and image display device
JP2013213871A (en) * 2012-03-30 2013-10-17 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Retardation film and method for manufacturing retardation film

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2017040757A (en) * 2015-08-19 2017-02-23 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Retardation film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP2017072775A (en) * 2015-10-09 2017-04-13 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Phase difference film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display
WO2018074102A1 (en) * 2016-10-18 2018-04-26 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Retardation film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201541161A (en) 2015-11-01
KR20160101159A (en) 2016-08-24
JPWO2015111435A1 (en) 2017-03-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2006121026A1 (en) Cellulose ester film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display
JPWO2007125764A1 (en) Retardation film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
WO2015111435A1 (en) Phase difference film, polarizing plate, and va-type liquid crystal display
JPWO2007125729A1 (en) Manufacturing method of optical film
TWI494355B (en) A cellulose ester film, and a method for producing the same, the sameing plate and the liquid crystal display device are provided
WO2015098491A1 (en) Cellulose-ester film, manufacturing method therefor, and polarizing plate
KR101436709B1 (en) Cellulose acetate film, and polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device which are made using same
JP2013001042A (en) Cellulose ester film and method of manufacturing the same, and phase difference film using the cellulose ester film and display device
JP5428045B2 (en) Liquid crystal display
JP5861700B2 (en) Stretched cellulose ester film and method for producing the same
JP5699519B2 (en) Retardation film, method for producing retardation film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP5733312B2 (en) Method for producing cellulose acetate film
WO2013089077A1 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate using same, and liquid crystal display device
KR102060235B1 (en) Retardation Film, Polarizer, and Vertically Aligned Liquid Crystal Display
JP2016206540A (en) Retardation film, polarizing plate, vertically-oriented liquid crystal display device, and manufacturing method for retardation film
KR101907330B1 (en) Phase difference film, polarizing plate, and vertical-alignment-type liquid crystal display device
JP5754278B2 (en) Laminated cellulose acylate film and method for producing the same
WO2012111324A1 (en) Stretched cellulose ester film, and method for producing same
WO2010106854A1 (en) Optical film and method for producing optical film
WO2012176546A1 (en) Cellulose acylate film and method for producing same, as well as polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using same
JP5880016B2 (en) Vertical alignment type liquid crystal display device
JP2012108349A (en) Retardation film, production method of the same, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP2013025013A (en) Cellulose acylate film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP2010222433A (en) Cellulose ester film, and polarizing plate and liquid crystal-displaying device by using the same
JP2016151648A (en) Retardation film, production method of retardation film, polarizing plate, and vertically aligned liquid crystal display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15739878

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2015558793

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20167019775

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15739878

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1